power amplifier (pa) control circuitry and pa bias circuitry are disclosed. during one slot of a multislot transmit burst from radio frequency (RF) pa circuitry, the pa control circuitry selects one pa bias level of the RF pa circuitry and the RF pa circuitry has one output power level. The RF pa circuitry has a next output power level during an adjacent next slot of the multislot transmit burst. If the one output power level exceeds the next output power level by more than a power drop limit, then the pa control circuitry maintains the one pa bias level during the adjacent next slot. If the one output power level significantly exceeds the next output power level, but by less than the power drop limit, then the pa control circuitry selects a next pa bias level, which is less than the one pa bias level, during the adjacent next slot.
|
15. A method comprising:
providing power amplifier (pa) control circuitry and pa bias circuitry;
selecting one pa bias level of radio frequency (RF) pa circuitry during one slot of a multislot transmit burst from the RF pa circuitry, such that the RF pa circuitry has one output power level during the one slot and has a next output power level during an adjacent next slot of the multislot transmit burst;
if the one output power level exceeds the next output power level by more than a power drop limit, then maintaining the one pa bias level during the adjacent next slot;
if the one output power level significantly exceeds the next output power level, but by less than the power drop limit, then selecting a next pa bias level, which is less than the one pa bias level, during the adjacent next slot; and
providing the one pa bias level and the next pa bias level.
1. circuitry comprising:
power amplifier (pa) control circuitry adapted to:
select one pa bias level of radio frequency (RF) pa circuitry during one slot of a multislot transmit burst from the RF pa circuitry, such that the RF pa circuitry has one output power level during the one slot and has a next output power level during an adjacent next slot of the multislot transmit burst;
if the one output power level exceeds the next output power level by more than a power drop limit, then maintain the one pa bias level during the adjacent next slot; and
if the one output power level significantly exceeds the next output power level, but by less than the power drop limit, then select a next pa bias level, which is less than the one pa bias level, during the adjacent next slot; and
pa bias circuitry adapted to provide the one pa bias level and the next pa bias level.
2. The circuitry of
3. The circuitry of
4. The circuitry of
5. The circuitry of
6. The circuitry of
7. The circuitry of
8. The circuitry of
9. The circuitry of
a first RF pa comprising:
a first non-quadrature pa path having a first single-ended output; and
a first quadrature pa path coupled between the first non-quadrature pa path and an antenna port, such that the first quadrature pa path has a first single-ended input, which is coupled to the first single-ended output; and
a second RF pa comprising a second quadrature pa path coupled to the antenna port,
wherein the antenna port is configured to be coupled to an antenna.
10. The circuitry of
a first multi-mode multi-band quadrature RF pa coupled to multi-mode multi-band alpha switching circuitry via a single alpha pa output; and
the multi-mode multi-band alpha switching circuitry having:
a first alpha non-linear mode output associated with a first non-linear mode RF communications band; and
a plurality of alpha linear mode outputs, such that each of the plurality of alpha linear mode outputs is associated with a corresponding one of a first plurality of linear mode RF communications bands.
11. The circuitry of
a first RF pa comprising a first final stage having a first final bias input, such that bias of the first final stage is via the first final bias input;
a pa-digital communications interface (DCI) coupled between a digital communications bus and the pa control circuitry; and
a final stage current digital-to-analog converter (IDAC) coupled between the pa control circuitry and the first final bias input.
12. The circuitry of
receive and amplify a first RF input signal to provide a first RF output signal; and
receive a first final bias signal to bias the first final stage,
wherein the pa bias circuitry is further adapted to receive the bias power supply signal and provide the first final bias signal based on the bias power supply signal.
13. The circuitry of
a power amplifier (pa) envelope power supply comprising a charge pump buck converter coupled to the RF pa circuitry; and
a pa bias power supply comprising a charge pump coupled to the RF pa circuitry.
14. The circuitry of
multi-mode multi-band RF power amplification circuitry having at least a first RF input and a plurality of RF outputs, such that:
configuration of the multi-mode multi-band RF power amplification circuitry associates one of the at least the first RF input with one of the plurality of RF outputs; and
the configuration is associated with at least a first look-up table (LUT), such that the pa control circuitry is coupled between the multi-mode multi-band RF power amplification circuitry and a pa-digital communications interface (DCI), such that the pa control circuitry has at least the first LUT, which is associated with at least a first defined parameter set; and
the pa-DCI, which is coupled to a digital communications bus.
16. The method of
17. The method of
18. The method of
providing a first RF pa; and
receiving and amplifying a first RF input signal to provide a first RF output signal.
19. The method of
20. The method of
providing a second RF pa; and
receiving and amplifying a second RF input signal to provide a second RF output signal.
|
The present application claims priority to U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 61/417,633, filed Nov. 29, 2010.
The present application claims priority to and is a continuation-in-part of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/090,663, filed Apr. 20, 2011, entitled “QUADRATURE POWER AMPLIFIER ARCHITECTURE,” which claims priority to U.S. Provisional Patent Applications No. 61/325,859, filed Apr. 20, 2010; No. 61/359,487, filed Jun. 29, 2010; No. 61/370,554, filed Aug. 4, 2010; No. 61/380,522, filed Sep. 7, 2010; No. 61/410,071, filed Nov. 4, 2010; and No. 61/417,633, filed Nov. 29, 2010.
The present application claims priority to and is a continuation-in-part of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/172,371, filed Jun. 29, 2011, entitled “AUTOMATICALLY CONFIGURABLE 2-WIRE/3-WIRE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS INTERFACE,” which claims priority to U.S. Provisional Patent Applications No. 61/359,487, filed Jun. 29, 2010; No. 61/370,554, filed Aug. 4, 2010; No. 61/380,522, filed Sep. 7, 2010; No. 61/410,071, filed Nov. 4, 2010; and No. 61/417,633, filed Nov. 29, 2010. U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/172,371 is a continuation-in-part of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/090,663, filed Apr. 20, 2011, which claims priority to U.S. Provisional Patent Applications No. 61/325,859, filed Apr. 20, 2010; No. 61/359,487, filed Jun. 29, 2010; No. 61/370,554, filed Aug. 4, 2010; No. 61/380,522, filed Sep. 7, 2010; No. 61/410,071, filed Nov. 4, 2010; and No. 61/417,633, filed Nov. 29, 2010.
The present application claims priority to and is a continuation-in-part of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/198,074, filed Aug. 4, 2011, entitled “FREQUENCY CORRECTION OF A PROGRAMMABLE FREQUENCY OSCILLATOR BY PROPAGATION DELAY COMPENSATION,” which claims priority to U.S. Provisional Patent Applications No. 61/370,554 filed Aug. 4, 2010; No. 61/380,522, filed Sep. 7, 2010; No. 61/410,071, filed Nov. 4, 2010; and No. 61/417,633, filed Nov. 29, 2010. U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/198,074 is a continuation-in-part of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/090,663, filed Apr. 20, 2011, which claims priority to U.S. Provisional Patent Applications No. 61/325,859, filed Apr. 20, 2010; No. 61/359,487, filed Jun. 29, 2010; No. 61/370,554, filed Aug. 4, 2010; No. 61/380,522, filed Sep. 7, 2010; No. 61/410,071, filed Nov. 4, 2010; and No. 61/417,633, filed Nov. 29, 2010. U.S. patent application No. 13/198,074 is also a continuation-in-part of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/172,371, filed Jun. 29, 2011, which claims priority to U.S. Provisional Patent Applications No. 61/359,487, filed Jun. 29, 2010; No. 61/370,554, filed Aug. 4, 2010; No. 61/380,522, filed Sep. 7, 2010; No. 61/410,071, filed Nov. 4, 2010; and No. 61/417,633, filed Nov. 29, 2010.
The present application claims priority to and is a continuation-in-part of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/226,831, filed Sep. 7, 2011, entitled “VOLTAGE COMPATIBLE CHARGE PUMP BUCK AND BUCK POWER SUPPLIES,” which claims priority to U.S. Provisional Patent Applications No. 61/380,522, filed Sep. 7, 2010; No. 61/410,071, filed Nov. 4, 2010; and No. 61/417,633, filed Nov. 29, 2010. U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/226,831 is a continuation-in-part of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/090,663, filed Apr. 20, 2011, which claims priority to U.S. Provisional Patent Applications No. 61/325,859, filed Apr. 20, 2010; No. 61/359,487, filed Jun. 29, 2010; No. 61/370,554, filed Aug. 4, 2010; No. 61/380,522, filed Sep. 7, 2010; No. 61/410,071, filed Nov. 4, 2010; and No. 61/417,633, filed Nov. 29, 2010. U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/226,831 is also a continuation-in-part of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/172,371, filed Jun. 29, 2011, which claims priority to U.S. Provisional Patent Applications No. 61/359,487, filed Jun. 29, 2010; No. 61/370,554, filed Aug. 4, 2010; No. 61/380,522, filed Sep. 7, 2010; No. 61/410,071, filed Nov. 4, 2010; and No. 61/417,633, filed Nov. 29, 2010. In addition, U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/226,831 is a continuation-in-part of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/198,074, filed Aug. 4, 2011, which claims priority to U.S. Provisional Patent Applications No. 61/370,554, filed Aug. 4, 2010; No. 61/380,522, filed Sep. 7, 2010; No. 61/410,071, filed Nov. 4, 2010; and No. 61/417,633, filed Nov. 29, 2010.
All of the applications listed above are hereby incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.
Embodiments of the present disclosure relate to radio frequency (RF) power amplifier (PA) circuitry, which may be used in RF communications systems.
As wireless communications technologies evolve, wireless communications systems become increasingly sophisticated. As such, wireless communications protocols continue to expand and change to take advantage of the technological evolution. As a result, to maximize flexibility, many wireless communications devices must be capable of supporting any number of wireless communications protocols, including protocols that operate using different communications modes, such as a half-duplex mode or a full-duplex mode, and including protocols that operate using different frequency bands. Further, the different communications modes may include different types of RF modulation modes, each of which may have certain performance requirements, such as specific out-of-band emissions requirements or symbol differentiation requirements. In this regard, certain requirements may mandate operation in a linear mode. Other requirements may be less stringent that may allow operation in a non-linear mode to increase efficiency. Wireless communications devices that support such wireless communications protocols may be referred to as multi-mode multi-band communications devices. The linear mode relates to RF signals that include amplitude modulation (AM). The non-linear mode relates to RF signals that do not include AM. Since non-linear mode RF signals do not include AM, devices that amplify such signals may be allowed to operate in saturation. Devices that amplify linear mode RF signals may operate with some level of saturation, but must be able to retain AM characteristics sufficient for proper operation.
A half-duplex mode is a two-way mode of operation, in which a first transceiver communicates with a second transceiver; however, only one transceiver transmits at a time. Therefore, the transmitter and receiver in such a transceiver do not operate simultaneously. For example, certain telemetry systems operate in a send-then-wait-for-reply manner. Many time division duplex (TDD) systems, such as certain Global System for Mobile communications (GSM) systems, operate using the half-duplex mode. A full-duplex mode is a simultaneous two-way mode of operation, in which a first transceiver communicates with a second transceiver, and both transceivers may transmit simultaneously. Therefore, the transmitter and receiver in such a transceiver must be capable of operating simultaneously. In a full-duplex transceiver, signals from the transmitter should not overly interfere with signals received by the receiver; therefore, transmitted signals are at transmit frequencies that are different from received signals, which are at receive frequencies. Many frequency division duplex (FDD) systems, such as certain wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA) systems or certain long term evolution (LTE) systems, operate using a full-duplex mode.
As a result of the differences between full duplex operation and half duplex operation, RF front-end circuitry may need specific circuitry for each mode. Additionally, support of multiple frequency bands may require specific circuitry for each frequency band or for certain groupings of frequency bands.
The traditional multi-mode multi-band transceiver 12 may select one of multiple communications modes, which may include a half-duplex transmit mode, a half-duplex receive mode, a full-duplex mode, a linear mode, a non-linear mode, multiple RF modulation modes, or any combination thereof. Further, the traditional multi-mode multi-band transceiver 12 may select one of multiple frequency bands. The traditional multi-mode multi-band transceiver 12 provides an aggregation control signal ACS to the traditional multi-mode multi-band front-end aggregation circuitry 16 based on the selected mode and the selected frequency band. The traditional multi-mode multi-band front-end aggregation circuitry 16 may include various RF components, including RF switches; RF filters, such as bandpass filters, harmonic filters, and duplexers; RF amplifiers, such as low noise amplifiers (LNAs); impedance matching circuitry; the like; or any combination thereof. In this regard, routing of RF receive signals and RF transmit signals through the RF components may be based on the selected mode and the selected frequency band as directed by the aggregation control signal ACS.
The first traditional PA 20 may receive and amplify a first traditional RF transmit signal FTTX from the traditional multi-mode multi-band transceiver 12 to provide a first traditional amplified RF transmit signal FTATX to the antenna 18 via the traditional multi-mode multi-band front-end aggregation circuitry 16. The second traditional PA 22 may receive and amplify a second traditional RF transmit signal STTX from the traditional multi-mode multi-band transceiver 12 to provide a second traditional RF amplified transmit signal STATX to the antenna 18 via the traditional multi-mode multi-band front-end aggregation circuitry 16. The NTH traditional PA 24 may receive an amplify an NTH traditional RF transmit signal NTTX from the traditional multi-mode multi-band transceiver 12 to provide an NTH traditional RF amplified transmit signal NTATX to the antenna 18 via the traditional multi-mode multi-band front-end aggregation circuitry 16.
The traditional multi-mode multi-band transceiver 12 may receive a first RF receive signal FRX, a second RF receive signal SRX, and up to and including an MTH RF receive signal MRX from the antenna 18 via the traditional multi-mode multi-band front-end aggregation circuitry 16. Each of the RF receive signals FRX, SRX, MRX may be associated with at least one selected mode, at least one selected frequency band, or both. Similarly, each of the traditional RF transmit signals FTTX, STTX, NTTX and corresponding traditional amplified RF transmit signals FTATX, STATX, NTATX may be associated with at least one selected mode, at least one selected frequency band, or both.
Portable wireless communications devices are typically battery powered, need to be relatively small, and have low cost. As such, to minimize size, cost, and power consumption, multi-mode multi-band RF circuitry in such a device needs to be as simple, small, and efficient as is practical. Thus, there is a need for multi-mode multi-band RF circuitry in a multi-mode multi-band communications device that is low cost, small, simple, efficient, and meets performance requirements.
Embodiments of the present disclosure relate to PA control circuitry and PA bias circuitry. During one slot of a multislot transmit burst from RF PA circuitry, the PA control circuitry selects one PA bias level of the RF PA circuitry and the RF PA circuitry has one output power level. The RF PA circuitry has a next output power level during an adjacent next slot of the multislot transmit burst. If the one output power level exceeds the next output power level by more than a power drop limit, then the PA control circuitry maintains the one PA bias level during the adjacent next slot. If the one output power level significantly exceeds the next output power level, but by less than the power drop limit, then the PA control circuitry selects a next PA bias level, which is less than the one PA bias level, during the adjacent next slot. The PA bias circuitry provides the one PA bias level and the next PA bias level.
In this regard, RF PA circuitry may have different output power levels for different slots of the multislot transmit burst. When the output power level drops significantly between one slot and the adjacent next slot, the output power level during the adjacent next slot may drift due to self heating of a PA core in the RF PA circuitry during the one slot. Normally, a PA bias level of the RF PA circuitry drops, to increase efficiency, when the output power level drops significantly. However, to reduce the drift, when the power level drop exceeds the power drop limit, the PA bias level during the one slot is maintained during the next adjacent slot. The RF PA circuitry may include a first RF PA, a second RF PA, or both. Either the first RF PA or the second RF PA may provide the multislot transmit burst. The PA control circuitry may provide a bias configuration control signal to the PA bias circuitry, such that the one PA bias level and the next PA bias level may be based on the bias configuration control signal.
Those skilled in the art will appreciate the scope of the present disclosure and realize additional aspects thereof after reading the following detailed description of the preferred embodiments in association with the accompanying drawing figures.
The accompanying drawing figures incorporated in and forming a part of this specification illustrate several aspects of the disclosure, and together with the description serve to explain the principles of the disclosure.
The embodiments set forth below represent the necessary information to enable those skilled in the art to practice the disclosure and illustrate the best mode of practicing the disclosure. Upon reading the following description in light of the accompanying drawing figures, those skilled in the art will understand the concepts of the disclosure and will recognize applications of these concepts not particularly addressed herein. It should be understood that these concepts and applications fall within the scope of the disclosure and the accompanying claims.
In a first embodiment of the RF communications system 26, the RF communications system 26 is a multi-mode RF communications system 26. As such, the RF communications system 26 may operate using multiple communications modes. In this regard, the RF modulation and control circuitry 28 may be multi-mode RF modulation and control circuitry 28 and the RF PA circuitry 30 may be multi-mode RF PA circuitry 30. In a second embodiment of the RF communications system 26, the RF communications system 26 is a multi-band RF communications system 26. As such, the RF communications system 26 may operate using multiple RF communications bands. In this regard, the RF modulation and control circuitry 28 may be multi-band RF modulation and control circuitry 28 and the RF PA circuitry 30 may be multi-band RF PA circuitry 30. In a third embodiment of the RF communications system 26, the RF communications system 26 is a multi-mode multi-band RF communications system 26. As such, the RF communications system 26 may operate using multiple communications modes, multiple RF communications bands, or both. In this regard, the RF modulation and control circuitry 28 may be multi-mode multi-band RF modulation and control circuitry 28 and the RF PA circuitry 30 may be multi-mode multi-band RF PA circuitry 30.
The communications modes may be associated with any number of different communications protocols, such as Global System of Mobile communications (GSM), Gaussian Minimum Shift Keying (GMSK), IS-136, Enhanced Data rates for GSM Evolution (EDGE), Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA), Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS) protocols, such as Wideband CDMA (WCDMA), Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access (WIMAX), Long Term Evolution (LTE), or the like. The GSM, GMSK, and IS-136 protocols typically do not include amplitude modulation (AM). As such, the GSM, GMSK, and IS-136 protocols may be associated with a non-linear mode. Further, the GSM, GMSK, and IS-136 protocols may be associated with a saturated mode. The EDGE, CDMA, UMTS, WCDMA, WIMAX, and LTE protocols may include AM. As such, the EDGE, CDMA, UMTS, WCDMA, WIMAX, and LTE protocols may be associated with a linear mode.
In one embodiment of the RF communications system 26, the RF communications system 26 is a mobile communications terminal, such as a cell phone, smartphone, laptop computer, tablet computer, personal digital assistant (PDA), or the like. In an alternate embodiment of the RF communications system 26, the RF communications system 26 is a fixed communications terminal, such as a base station, a cellular base station, a wireless router, a hotspot distribution node, a wireless access point, or the like. The antenna 18 may include any apparatus for conveying RF transmit and RF receive signals to and from at least one other RF communications system. As such, in one embodiment of the antenna 18, the antenna 18 is a single antenna. In an alternate embodiment of the antenna 18, the antenna 18 is an antenna array having multiple radiating and receiving elements. In an additional embodiment of the antenna 18, the antenna 18 is a distribution system for transmitting and receiving RF signals.
The control circuitry 42 provides the envelope control signal ECS and the DC configuration control signal DCC to the DC-DC converter 32. Further, the control circuitry 42 provides the PA configuration control signal PCC to the RF PA circuitry 30. As such, the control circuitry 42 may control configuration of the RF PA circuitry 30 via the PA configuration control signal PCC and may control a magnitude of the envelope power supply signal EPS via the envelope control signal ECS. The control circuitry 42 may select one of multiple communications modes, which may include a first half-duplex transmit mode, a first half-duplex receive mode, a second half-duplex transmit mode, a second half-duplex receive mode, a first full-duplex mode, a second full-duplex mode, at least one linear mode, at least one non-linear mode, multiple RF modulation modes, or any combination thereof. Further, the control circuitry 42 may select one of multiple frequency bands. The control circuitry 42 may provide the aggregation control signal ACS to the front-end aggregation circuitry 36 based on the selected mode and the selected frequency band. The front-end aggregation circuitry 36 may include various RF components, including RF switches; RF filters, such as bandpass filters, harmonic filters, and duplexers; RF amplifiers, such as low noise amplifiers (LNAs); impedance matching circuitry; the like; or any combination thereof. In this regard, routing of RF receive signals and RF transmit signals through the RF components may be based on the selected mode and the selected frequency band as directed by the aggregation control signal ACS.
The down-conversion circuitry 38 may receive the first RF receive signal FRX, the second RF receive signal SRX, and up to and including the MTH RF receive signal MRX from the antenna 18 via the front-end aggregation circuitry 36. Each of the RF receive signals FRX, SRX, MRX may be associated with at least one selected mode, at least one selected frequency band, or both. The down-conversion circuitry 38 may down-convert any of the RF receive signals FRX, SRX, MRX to baseband receive signals, which may be forwarded to the baseband processing circuitry 40 for processing. The baseband processing circuitry 40 may provide baseband transmit signals to the RF modulation circuitry 44, which may RF modulate the baseband transmit signals to provide the first RF input signal FRFI or the second RF input signal SRFI to the first RF PA 50 or the second RF PA 54, respectively, depending on the selected communications mode.
The first RF PA 50 may receive and amplify the first RF input signal FRFI to provide the first RF output signal FRFO to the alpha switching circuitry 52. Similarly, the second RF PA 54 may receive and amplify the second RF input signal SRFI to provide the second RF output signal SRFO to the beta switching circuitry 56. The first RF PA 50 and the second RF PA 54 may receive the envelope power supply signal EPS, which may provide power for amplification of the first RF input signal FRFI and the second RF input signal SRFI, respectively. The alpha switching circuitry 52 may forward the first RF output signal FRFO to provide one of the alpha transmit signals FATX, SATX, PATX to the antenna 18 via the front-end aggregation circuitry 36, depending on the selected communications mode based on the PA configuration control signal PCC. Similarly, the beta switching circuitry 56 may forward the second RF output signal SRFO to provide one of the beta transmit signals FBTX, SBTX, QBTX to the antenna 18 via the front-end aggregation circuitry 36, depending on the selected communications mode based on the PA configuration control signal PCC.
The DCIs 58, 60, 62, 64 are coupled to one another using a digital communications bus 66. In the digital communications bus 66 illustrated in
In one communications mode, such as a beta half-duplex transmit mode, a beta saturated mode, or a beta non-linear mode, the beta RF switch 72 is configured to forward the second RF output signal SRFO to provide the first beta RF transmit signal FBTX via the first beta harmonic filter 74. In another communications mode, such as a beta full-duplex mode or a beta linear mode, the beta RF switch 72 is configured to forward the second RF output signal SRFO to provide any of the second beta RF transmit signal SBTX through the QTH beta RF transmit signal QBTX. When a specific RF band is selected, beta RF switch 72 may be configured to provide a corresponding selected one of the second beta RF transmit signal SBTX through the QTH beta RF transmit signal QBTX. The first alpha harmonic filter 70 may be used to filter out harmonics of an RF carrier in the first RF output signal FRFO. The first beta harmonic filter 74 may be used to filter out harmonics of an RF carrier in the second RF output signal SRFO.
In one communications mode, such as a first beta half-duplex transmit mode, a first beta saturated mode, or a first beta non-linear mode, the beta RF switch 72 is configured to forward the second RF output signal SRFO to provide the first beta RF transmit signal FBTX via the first beta harmonic filter 74. In another communications mode, such as a second beta half-duplex transmit mode, a second beta saturated mode, or a second beta non-linear mode, the beta RF switch 72 is configured to forward the second RF output signal SRFO to provide the second beta RF transmit signal SBTX via the second beta harmonic filter 78. In an alternate communications mode, such as a beta full-duplex mode or a beta linear mode, the beta RF switch 72 is configured to forward the second RF output signal SRFO to provide any of a third beta RF transmit signal TBTX through the QTH beta RF transmit signal QBTX. When a specific RF band is selected, the beta RF switch 72 may be configured to provide a corresponding selected one of the third beta RF transmit signal TBTX through the QTH beta RF transmit signal QBTX. The first alpha harmonic filter 70 or the second alpha harmonic filter 76 may be used to filter out harmonics of an RF carrier in the first RF output signal FRFO. The first beta harmonic filter 74 or the second beta harmonic filter 78 may be used to filter out harmonics of an RF carrier in the second RF output signal SRFO.
The second power filtering circuitry 88 is coupled to the RF PA circuitry 30 and to the DC power supply 80. The charge pump buck converter 84 is coupled to the DC power supply 80. The first inductive element L1 is coupled between the charge pump buck converter 84 and the first power filtering circuitry 82. The buck converter 86 is coupled to the DC power supply 80. The second inductive element L2 is coupled between the buck converter 86 and the first power filtering circuitry 82. The first power filtering circuitry 82 is coupled to the RF PA circuitry 30. One end of the first inductive element L1 is coupled to one end of the second inductive element L2 at the first power filtering circuitry 82.
In one embodiment of the DC-DC converter 32, the DC-DC converter 32 operates in one of multiple converter operating modes, which include a first converter operating mode, a second converter operating mode, and a third converter operating mode. In an alternate embodiment of the DC-DC converter 32, the DC-DC converter 32 operates in one of the first converter operating mode and the second converter operating mode. In the first converter operating mode, the charge pump buck converter 84 is active, such that the envelope power supply signal EPS is based on the DC power supply signal DCPS via the charge pump buck converter 84, and the first inductive element L1. In the first converter operating mode, the buck converter 86 is inactive and does not contribute to the envelope power supply signal EPS. In the second converter operating mode, the buck converter 86 is active, such that the envelope power supply signal EPS is based on the DC power supply signal DCPS via the buck converter 86 and the second inductive element L2. In the second converter operating mode, the charge pump buck converter 84 is inactive, such that the charge pump buck converter 84 does not contribute to the envelope power supply signal EPS. In the third converter operating mode, the charge pump buck converter 84 and the buck converter 86 are active, such that either the charge pump buck converter 84; the buck converter 86; or both may contribute to the envelope power supply signal EPS. As such, in the third converter operating mode, the envelope power supply signal EPS is based on the DC power supply signal DCPS either via the charge pump buck converter 84, and the first inductive element L1; via the buck converter 86 and the second inductive element L2; or both.
The second power filtering circuitry 88 filters the DC power supply signal DCPS to provide the bias power supply signal BPS. The second power filtering circuitry 88 may function as a lowpass filter by removing ripple, noise, and the like from the DC power supply signal DCPS to provide the bias power supply signal BPS. As such, in one embodiment of the DC-DC converter 32, the bias power supply signal BPS is based on the DC power supply signal DCPS.
In the first converter operating mode or the third converter operating mode, the charge pump buck converter 84 may receive, charge pump, and buck convert the DC power supply signal DCPS to provide a first buck output signal FBO to the first inductive element L1. As such, in one embodiment of the charge pump buck converter 84, the first buck output signal FBO is based on the DC power supply signal DCPS. Further, the first inductive element L1 may function as a first energy transfer element of the charge pump buck converter 84 to transfer energy via the first buck output signal FBO to the first power filtering circuitry 82. In the first converter operating mode or the third converter operating mode, the first inductive element L1 and the first power filtering circuitry 82 may receive and filter the first buck output signal FBO to provide the envelope power supply signal EPS. The charge pump buck converter 84 may regulate the envelope power supply signal EPS by controlling the first buck output signal FBO based on a setpoint of the envelope power supply signal EPS provided by the envelope control signal ECS.
In the second converter operating mode or the third converter operating mode, the buck converter 86 may receive and buck convert the DC power supply signal DCPS to provide a second buck output signal SBO to the second inductive element L2. As such, in one embodiment of the buck converter 86, the second buck output signal SBO is based on the DC power supply signal DCPS. Further, the second inductive element L2 may function as a second energy transfer element of the buck converter 86 to transfer energy via the first power filtering circuitry 82 to the first power filtering circuitry 82. In the second converter operating mode or the third converter operating mode, the second inductive element L2 and the first power filtering circuitry 82 may receive and filter the second buck output signal SBO to provide the envelope power supply signal EPS. The buck converter 86 may regulate the envelope power supply signal EPS by controlling the second buck output signal SBO based on a setpoint of the envelope power supply signal EPS provided by the envelope control signal ECS.
In one embodiment of the charge pump buck converter 84, the charge pump buck converter 84 operates in one of multiple pump buck operating modes. During a pump buck pump-up operating mode of the charge pump buck converter 84, the charge pump buck converter 84 pumps-up the DC power supply signal DCPS to provide an internal signal (not shown), such that a voltage of the internal signal is greater than a voltage of the DC power supply signal DCPS. In an alternate embodiment of the charge pump buck converter 84, during the pump buck pump-up operating mode, a voltage of the envelope power supply signal EPS is greater than the voltage of the DC power supply signal DCPS. During a pump buck pump-down operating mode of the charge pump buck converter 84, the charge pump buck converter 84 pumps-down the DC power supply signal DCPS to provide the internal signal, such that a voltage of the internal signal is less than a voltage of the DC power supply signal DCPS. In an alternate embodiment of the charge pump buck converter 84, during the pump buck pump-down operating mode, the voltage of the envelope power supply signal EPS is less than the voltage of the DC power supply signal DCPS. During a pump buck pump-even operating mode of the charge pump buck converter 84, the charge pump buck converter 84 pumps the DC power supply signal DCPS to the internal signal, such that a voltage of the internal signal is about equal to a voltage of the DC power supply signal DCPS. One embodiment of the DC-DC converter 32 includes a pump buck bypass operating mode of the charge pump buck converter 84, such that during the pump buck bypass operating mode, the charge pump buck converter 84 by-passes charge pump circuitry (not shown) using by-pass circuitry (not shown) to forward the DC power supply signal DCPS to provide the internal signal, such that a voltage of the internal is about equal to a voltage of the DC power supply signal DCPS.
In one embodiment of the charge pump buck converter 84, the pump buck operating modes include the pump buck pump-up operating mode, the pump buck pump-down operating mode, the pump buck pump-even operating mode, and the pump buck bypass operating mode. In an alternate embodiment of the charge pump buck converter 84, the pump buck pump-even operating mode is omitted. In an additional embodiment of the charge pump buck converter 84, the pump buck bypass operating mode is omitted. In another embodiment of the charge pump buck converter 84, the pump buck pump-down operating mode is omitted. In a further embodiment of the charge pump buck converter 84, any or all of the pump buck pump-up operating mode, the pump buck pump-down operating mode, the pump buck pump-even operating mode, and the pump buck bypass operating mode are omitted. In a supplemental embodiment of the charge pump buck converter 84, the charge pump buck converter 84 operates in only the pump buck pump-up operating mode. In an additional embodiment of the charge pump buck converter 84, the charge pump buck converter 84 operates in one of the pump buck pump-up operating mode and at least one other pump buck operating mode of the charge pump buck converter 84. The at least one other pump buck operating mode of the charge pump buck converter 84 may include any or all of the pump buck pump-up operating mode, the pump buck pump-down operating mode, the pump buck pump-even operating mode, and the pump buck bypass operating mode.
The DC-DC control circuitry 90 provides a charge pump buck control signal CPBS to the charge pump buck converter 84, provides a buck control signal BCS to the buck converter 86, and provides a charge pump control signal CPS to the charge pump 92. The charge pump buck control signal CPBS, the buck control signal BCS, or both may indicate which converter operating mode is selected. Further, the charge pump buck control signal CPBS, the buck control signal BCS, or both may provide the setpoint of the envelope power supply signal EPS as provided by the envelope control signal ECS. The charge pump buck control signal CPBS may indicate which pump buck operating mode is selected.
In one embodiment of the DC-DC converter 32, selection of the converter operating mode is made by the DC-DC control circuitry 90. In an alternate embodiment of the DC-DC converter 32, selection of the converter operating mode is made by the RF modulation and control circuitry 28 and may be communicated to the DC-DC converter 32 via the DC configuration control signal DCC. In an additional embodiment of the DC-DC converter 32, selection of the converter operating mode is made by the control circuitry 42 (
In one embodiment of the DC-DC converter 32, selection of the pump buck operating mode is made by the DC-DC control circuitry 90. In an alternate embodiment of the DC-DC converter 32, selection of the pump buck operating mode is made by the RF modulation and control circuitry 28 and communicated to the DC-DC converter 32 via the DC configuration control signal DCC. In an additional embodiment of the DC-DC converter 32, selection of the pump buck operating mode is made by the control circuitry 42 (
The charge pump 92 may operate in one of multiple bias supply pump operating modes. During a bias supply pump-up operating mode of the charge pump 92, the charge pump 92 receives and pumps-up the DC power supply signal DCPS to provide the bias power supply signal BPS, such that a voltage of the bias power supply signal BPS is greater than a voltage of the DC power supply signal DCPS. During a bias supply pump-down operating mode of the charge pump 92, the charge pump 92 pumps-down the DC power supply signal DCPS to provide the bias power supply signal BPS, such that a voltage of the bias power supply signal BPS is less than a voltage of the DC power supply signal DCPS. During a bias supply pump-even operating mode of the charge pump 92, the charge pump 92 pumps the DC power supply signal DCPS to provide the bias power supply signal BPS, such that a voltage of the bias power supply signal BPS is about equal to a voltage of the DC power supply signal DCPS. One embodiment of the DC-DC converter 32 includes a bias supply bypass operating mode of the charge pump 92, such that during the bias supply bypass operating mode, the charge pump 92 by-passes charge pump circuitry (not shown) using by-pass circuitry (not shown) to forward the DC power supply signal DCPS to provide the bias power supply signal BPS, such that a voltage of the bias power supply signal BPS is about equal to a voltage of the DC power supply signal DCPS. The charge pump control signal CPS may indicate which bias supply pump operating mode is selected.
In one embodiment of the charge pump 92, the bias supply pump operating modes include the bias supply pump-up operating mode, the bias supply pump-down operating mode, the bias supply pump-even operating mode, and the bias supply bypass operating mode. In an alternate embodiment of the charge pump 92, the bias supply pump-even operating mode is omitted. In an additional embodiment of the charge pump 92, the bias supply bypass operating mode is omitted. In another embodiment of the charge pump 92, the bias supply pump-down operating mode is omitted. In a further embodiment of the charge pump 92, any or all of the bias supply pump-up operating mode, the bias supply pump-down operating mode, the bias supply pump-even operating mode, and the bias supply bypass operating mode are omitted. In a supplemental embodiment of the charge pump 92, the charge pump 92 operates in only the bias supply pump-up operating mode. In an additional embodiment of the charge pump 92, the charge pump 92 operates in the bias supply pump-up operating mode and at least one other operating mode of the charge pump 92, which may include any or all of the bias supply pump-down operating mode, the bias supply pump-even operating mode, and the bias supply bypass operating mode.
In one embodiment of the DC-DC converter 32, selection of the bias supply pump operating mode is made by the DC-DC control circuitry 90. In an alternate embodiment of the DC-DC converter 32, selection of the bias supply pump operating mode is made by the RF modulation and control circuitry 28 and communicated to the DC-DC converter 32 via the DC configuration control signal DCC. In an additional embodiment of the DC-DC converter 32, selection of the bias supply pump operating mode is made by the control circuitry 42 (
The second power filtering circuitry 88 filters the bias power supply signal BPS. The second power filtering circuitry 88 may function as a lowpass filter by removing ripple, noise, and the like to provide the bias power supply signal BPS. As such, in one embodiment of the DC-DC converter 32, the bias power supply signal BPS is based on the DC power supply signal DCPS.
Regarding omission of the second inductive element L2, instead of the second inductive element L2 coupled between the buck converter 86 and the first power filtering circuitry 82 as shown in
The first power filtering circuitry 82 includes a first capacitive element C1, a second capacitive element C2, and a third inductive element L3. The first capacitive element C1 is coupled between one end of the third inductive element L3 and a ground. The second capacitive element C2 is coupled between an opposite end of the third inductive element L3 and ground. The one end of the third inductive element L3 is coupled to one end of the first inductive element L1. Further, the one end of the third inductive element L3 is coupled to one end of the second inductive element L2. In an additional embodiment of the DC-DC converter 32, the second inductive element L2 is omitted. The opposite end of the third inductive element L3 is coupled to the RF PA circuitry 30. As such, the opposite end of the third inductive element L3 and one end of the second capacitive element C2 provide the envelope power supply signal EPS. In an alternate embodiment of the first power filtering circuitry 82, the third inductive element L3, the second capacitive element C2, or both are omitted.
The PA bias circuitry 96 receives the bias power supply signal BPS and the bias configuration control signal BCC. The PA bias circuitry 96 provides a first driver bias signal FDB and a first final bias signal FFB to the first RF PA 50 based on the bias power supply signal BPS and the bias configuration control signal BCC. The PA bias circuitry 96 provides a second driver bias signal SDB and a second final bias signal SFB to the second RF PA 54 based on the bias power supply signal BPS and the bias configuration control signal BCC. The bias power supply signal BPS provides the power necessary to generate the bias signals FDB, FFB, SDB, SFB. A selected magnitude of each of the bias signals FDB, FFB, SDB, SFB is provided by the PA bias circuitry 96. In one embodiment of the RF PA circuitry 30, the PA control circuitry 94 selects the magnitude of any or all of the bias signals FDB, FFB, SDB, SFB and communicates the magnitude selections to the PA bias circuitry 96 via the bias configuration control signal BCC. The magnitude selections by the PA control circuitry 94 may be based on the PA configuration control signal PCC. In an alternate embodiment of the RF PA circuitry 30, the control circuitry 42 (
In one embodiment of the RF PA circuitry 30, the RF PA circuitry 30 operates in one of a first PA operating mode and a second PA operating mode. During the first PA operating mode, the first transmit path 46 is enabled and the second transmit path 48 is disabled. During the second PA operating mode, the first transmit path 46 is disabled and the second transmit path 48 is enabled. In one embodiment of the first RF PA 50 and the second RF PA 54, during the second PA operating mode, the first RF PA 50 is disabled, and during the first PA operating mode, the second RF PA 54 is disabled. In one embodiment of the alpha switching circuitry 52 and the beta switching circuitry 56, during the second PA operating mode, the alpha switching circuitry 52 is disabled, and during the first PA operating mode, the beta switching circuitry 56 is disabled.
In one embodiment of the first RF PA 50, during the second PA operating mode, the first RF PA 50 is disabled via the first driver bias signal FDB. In an alternate embodiment of the first RF PA 50, during the second PA operating mode, the first RF PA 50 is disabled via the first final bias signal FFB. In an additional embodiment of the first RF PA 50, during the second PA operating mode, the first RF PA 50 is disabled via both the first driver bias signal FDB and the first final bias signal FFB. In one embodiment of the second RF PA 54, during the first PA operating mode, the second RF PA 54 is disabled via the second driver bias signal SDB. In an alternate embodiment of the second RF PA 54, during the first PA operating mode, the second RF PA 54 is disabled via the second final bias signal SFB. In an additional embodiment of the second RF PA 54, during the first PA operating mode, the second RF PA 54 is disabled via both the second driver bias signal SDB and the second final bias signal SFB.
In one embodiment of the RF PA circuitry 30, the PA control circuitry 94 selects the one of the first PA operating mode and the second PA operating mode. As such, the PA control circuitry 94 may control any or all of the bias signals FDB, FFB, SDB, SFB via the bias configuration control signal BCC based on the PA operating mode selection. Further, the PA control circuitry 94 may control the switching circuitry 52, 56 via the switch configuration control signal SCC based on the PA operating mode selection. The PA operating mode selection may be based on the PA configuration control signal PCC. In an alternate embodiment of the RF PA circuitry 30, the control circuitry 42 (
In one embodiment of the RF communications system 26, the control circuitry 42 (
The first non-quadrature PA path 100 has a first single-ended output FSO and the first quadrature PA path 102 has a first single-ended input FSI. The first single-ended output FSO may be coupled to the first single-ended input FSI. In one embodiment of the first RF PA 50, the first single-ended output FSO is directly coupled to the first single-ended input FSI. The second non-quadrature PA path 104 has a second single-ended output SSO and the second quadrature PA path 106 has a second single-ended input SSI. The second single-ended output SSO may be coupled to the second single-ended input SSI. In one embodiment of the second RF PA 54, the second single-ended output SSO is directly coupled to the second single-ended input SSI.
During the first PA operating mode, the first RF PA 50 receives and amplifies the first RF input signal FRFI to provide the first RF output signal FRFO, and the second RF PA 54 is disabled. During the second PA operating mode, the second RF PA 54 receives and amplifies the second RF input signal SRFI to provide the second RF output signal SRFO, and the first RF PA 50 is disabled. In one embodiment of the RF communications system 26, the first RF input signal FRFI is a highband RF input signal and the second RF input signal SRFI is a lowband RF input signal. In one exemplary embodiment of the RF communications system 26, a difference between a frequency of the highband RF input signal and a frequency of the lowband RF input signal is greater than about 500 megahertz, such that the frequency of the highband RF input signal is greater than the frequency of the lowband RF input signal. In an alternate exemplary embodiment of the RF communications system 26, a ratio of a frequency of the highband RF input signal divided by a frequency of the lowband RF input signal is greater than about 1.5.
In one embodiment of the first RF PA 50, during the first PA operating mode, the first non-quadrature PA path 100 receives and amplifies the first RF input signal FRFI to provide a first RF feeder output signal FFO to the first quadrature PA path 102 via the first single-ended output FSO. Further, during the first PA operating mode, the first quadrature PA path 102 receives and amplifies the first RF feeder output signal FFO via the first single-ended input FSI to provide the first RF output signal FRFO. In one embodiment of the second RF PA 54, during the second PA operating mode, the second non-quadrature PA path 104 receives and amplifies the second RF input signal SRFI to provide a second RF feeder output signal SFO to the second quadrature PA path 106 via the second single-ended output SSO. Further, during the second PA operating mode, the second quadrature PA path 106 receives and amplifies the second RF feeder output signal SFO via the second single-ended input SSI to provide the second RF output signal SRFO.
A summary of quadrature PA architecture is presented, followed by a detailed description of the quadrature PA architecture according to one embodiment of the present disclosure. One embodiment of the RF communications system 26 (
Due to the relatively stable input impedance, RF power measurements taken at the single-ended interface may provide high directivity and accuracy. Further, by combining the non-quadrature PA path and the quadrature PA path, gain stages may be eliminated and circuit topology may be simplified. In one embodiment of the RF splitter, the RF splitter is a quadrature hybrid coupler, which may include a pair of tightly coupled inductors. The input impedance may be based on inductances of the pair of tightly coupled inductors and parasitic capacitance between the inductors. As such, construction of the pair of tightly coupled inductors may be varied to select a specific parasitic capacitance to provide a specific input impedance. Further, the RF splitter may be integrated onto one semiconductor die with amplifying elements of the non-quadrature PA path, with amplifying elements of the quadrature PA path, or both, thereby reducing size and cost. Additionally, the quadrature PA path may have only a single quadrature amplifier stage to further simplify the design. In certain embodiments, using only the single quadrature amplifier stage provides adequate tolerance for changes in antenna loading conditions.
During the first PA operating mode, the first input PA impedance matching circuit 108 receives and forwards the first RF input signal FRFI to the first input PA stage 110. During the first PA operating mode, the first input PA stage 110 receives and amplifies the forwarded first RF input signal FRFI to provide a first RF feeder input signal FFI to the first feeder PA stage 114 via the first feeder PA impedance matching circuit 112. During the first PA operating mode, the first feeder PA stage 114 receives and amplifies the first RF feeder input signal FFI to provide the first RF feeder output signal FFO via the first single-ended output FSO. The first feeder PA stage 114 may have a first output load line having a first load line slope. During the first PA operating mode, the envelope power supply signal EPS provides power for amplification to the first input PA stage 110 and to the first feeder PA stage 114. During the first PA operating mode, the first driver bias signal FDB provides biasing to the first input PA stage 110 and the first feeder PA stage 114.
The second non-quadrature PA path 104 includes a second input PA impedance matching circuit 116, a second input PA stage 118, a second feeder PA impedance matching circuit 120, and a second feeder PA stage 122, which provides the second single-ended output SSO. The second input PA stage 118 is coupled between the second input PA impedance matching circuit 116 and the second feeder PA impedance matching circuit 120. The second feeder PA stage 122 is coupled between the second feeder PA impedance matching circuit 120 and the second quadrature PA path 106. The second input PA impedance matching circuit 116 may provide at least an approximate impedance match between the RF modulation circuitry 44 (
During the second PA operating mode, the second input PA impedance matching circuit 116 receives and forwards the second RF input signal SRFI to the second input PA stage 118. During the second PA operating mode, the second input PA stage 118 receives and amplifies the forwarded second RF input signal SRFI to provide a second RF feeder input signal SFI to the second feeder PA stage 122 via the second feeder PA impedance matching circuit 120. During the second PA operating mode, the second feeder PA stage 122 receives and amplifies the second RF feeder input signal SFI to provide the second RF feeder output signal SFO via the second single-ended output SSO. The second feeder PA stage 122 may have a second output load line having a second load line slope. During the second PA operating mode, the envelope power supply signal EPS provides power for amplification to the second input PA stage 118 and to the second feeder PA stage 122. During the second PA operating mode, the second driver bias signal SDB provides biasing to the second input PA stage 118 and the second feeder PA stage 122.
During the first PA operating mode, the first quadrature RF splitter 124 receives the first RF feeder output signal FFO via the first single-ended input FSI. Further, during the first PA operating mode, the first quadrature RF splitter 124 splits and phase-shifts the first RF feeder output signal FFO into a first in-phase RF input signal FIN and a first quadrature-phase RF input signal FQN, such that the first quadrature-phase RF input signal FQN is nominally phase-shifted from the first in-phase RF input signal FIN by about 90 degrees. The first quadrature RF splitter 124 has a first input impedance presented at the first single-ended input FSI. In one embodiment of the first quadrature RF splitter 124, the first input impedance establishes the first load line slope. During the first PA operating mode, the first in-phase amplification path 126 receives and amplifies the first in-phase RF input signal FIN to provide the first in-phase RF output signal FIT. The first quadrature-phase amplification path 128 receives and amplifies the first quadrature-phase RF input signal FQN to provide the first quadrature-phase RF output signal FQT.
During the first PA operating mode, the first quadrature RF combiner 130 receives the first in-phase RF output signal FIT via the first in-phase input FII, and receives the first quadrature-phase RF output signal FQT via the first quadrature-phase input FQI. Further, the first quadrature RF combiner 130 phase-shifts and combines the first in-phase RF output signal FIT and the first quadrature-phase RF output signal FQT to provide the first RF output signal FRFO via the first quadrature combiner output FCO, such that the phase-shifted first in-phase RF output signal FIT and first quadrature-phase RF output signal FQT are about phase-aligned with one another before combining. During the first PA operating mode, the envelope power supply signal EPS provides power for amplification to the first in-phase amplification path 126 and the first quadrature-phase amplification path 128. During the first PA operating mode, the first final bias signal FFB provides biasing to the first in-phase amplification path 126 and the first quadrature-phase amplification path 128.
The second quadrature PA path 106 includes a second quadrature RF splitter 132, a second in-phase amplification path 134, a second quadrature-phase amplification path 136, and a second quadrature RF combiner 138. The second quadrature RF splitter 132 has a second single-ended input SSI, a second in-phase output SIO, and a second quadrature-phase output SQO. The second quadrature RF combiner 138 has a second in-phase input SII, a second quadrature-phase input SQI, and a second quadrature combiner output SCO. The second single-ended output SSO is coupled to the second single-ended input SSI. In one embodiment of the second quadrature PA path 106, the second single-ended output SSO is directly coupled to the second single-ended input SSI. The second in-phase amplification path 134 is coupled between the second in-phase output SIO and the second in-phase input SII. The second quadrature-phase amplification path 136 is coupled between the second quadrature-phase output SQO and the second quadrature-phase input SQI. The second quadrature combiner output SCO is coupled to the antenna port AP (
During the second PA operating mode, the second quadrature RF splitter 132 receives the second RF feeder output signal SFO via the second single-ended input SSI. Further, during the second PA operating mode, the second quadrature RF splitter 132 splits and phase-shifts the second RF feeder output signal SFO into a second in-phase RF input signal SIN and a second quadrature-phase RF input signal SQN, such that the second quadrature-phase RF input signal SQN is nominally phase-shifted from the second in-phase RF input signal SIN by about 90 degrees. The second quadrature RF splitter 132 has a second input impedance presented at the second single-ended input SSI. In one embodiment of the second quadrature RF splitter 132, the second input impedance establishes the second load line slope. During the second PA operating mode, the second in-phase amplification path 134 receives and amplifies the second in-phase RF input signal SIN to provide the second in-phase RF output signal SIT. The second quadrature-phase amplification path 136 receives and amplifies the second quadrature-phase RF input signal SQN to provide the second quadrature-phase RF output signal SQT.
During the second PA operating mode, the second quadrature RF combiner 138 receives the second in-phase RF output signal SIT via the second in-phase input SII, and receives the second quadrature-phase RF output signal SQT via the second quadrature-phase input SQI. Further, the second quadrature RF combiner 138 phase-shifts and combines the second in-phase RF output signal SIT and the second quadrature-phase RF output signal SQT to provide the second RF output signal SRFO via the second quadrature combiner output SCO, such that the phase-shifted second in-phase RF output signal SIT and second quadrature-phase RF output signal SQT are about phase-aligned with one another before combining. During the second PA operating mode, the envelope power supply signal EPS provides power for amplification to the second in-phase amplification path 134 and the second quadrature-phase amplification path 136. During the second PA operating mode, the second final bias signal SFB provides biasing to the second in-phase amplification path 134 and the second quadrature-phase amplification path 136.
In one embodiment of the RF PA circuitry 30 (
In the embodiment in which the second transmit path 48 (
In the embodiment in which the second transmit path 48 (
In alternate embodiments of the first quadrature PA path 102 and the second quadrature PA path 106, any or all of the first quadrature RF splitter 124, the first quadrature RF combiner 130, the second quadrature RF splitter 132, and the second quadrature RF combiner 138 may be any combination of quadrature RF couplers, quadrature hybrid RF couplers; Fisher couplers; lumped-element based RF couplers; transmission line based RF couplers; and combinations of phase-shifting circuitry and RF power couplers, such as phase-shifting circuitry and Wilkinson couplers; and the like. As such, any of the RF couplers listed above may be suitable to provide the first input impedance, the second input impedance, or both.
The first in-phase driver PA impedance matching circuit 140 may provide at least an approximate impedance match between the first quadrature RF splitter 124 and the first in-phase driver PA stage 142. The first in-phase final PA impedance matching circuit 144 may provide at least an approximate impedance match between the first in-phase driver PA stage 142 and the first in-phase final PA stage 146. The first in-phase combiner impedance matching circuit 148 may provide at least an approximate impedance match between the first in-phase final PA stage 146 and the first quadrature RF combiner 130.
During the first PA operating mode, the first in-phase driver PA impedance matching circuit 140 receives and forwards the first in-phase RF input signal FIN to the first in-phase driver PA stage 142, which receives and amplifies the forwarded first in-phase RF input signal to provide an amplified first in-phase RF input signal to the first in-phase final PA stage 146 via the first in-phase final PA impedance matching circuit 144. The first in-phase final PA stage 146 receives and amplifies the amplified first in-phase RF input signal to provide the first in-phase RF output signal FIT via the first in-phase combiner impedance matching circuit 148. During the first PA operating mode, the envelope power supply signal EPS provides power for amplification to the first in-phase driver PA stage 142 and the first in-phase final PA stage 146. During the first PA operating mode, the first final bias signal FFB provides biasing to the first in-phase driver PA stage 142 and the first in-phase final PA stage 146.
The first quadrature-phase amplification path 128 includes a first quadrature-phase driver PA impedance matching circuit 150, a first quadrature-phase driver PA stage 152, a first quadrature-phase final PA impedance matching circuit 154, a first quadrature-phase final PA stage 156, and a first quadrature-phase combiner impedance matching circuit 158. The first quadrature-phase driver PA impedance matching circuit 150 is coupled between the first quadrature-phase output FQO and the first quadrature-phase driver PA stage 152. The first quadrature-phase final PA impedance matching circuit 154 is coupled between the first quadrature-phase driver PA stage 152 and the first quadrature-phase final PA stage 156. The first quadrature-phase combiner impedance matching circuit 158 is coupled between the first quadrature-phase final PA stage 156 and the first quadrature-phase input FQI.
The first quadrature-phase driver PA impedance matching circuit 150 may provide at least an approximate impedance match between the first quadrature RF splitter 124 and the first quadrature-phase driver PA stage 152. The first quadrature-phase final PA impedance matching circuit 154 may provide at least an approximate impedance match between the first quadrature-phase driver PA stage 152 and the first quadrature-phase final PA stage 156. The first quadrature-phase combiner impedance matching circuit 158 may provide at least an approximate impedance match between the first quadrature-phase final PA stage 156 and the first quadrature RF combiner 130.
During the first PA operating mode, the first quadrature-phase driver PA impedance matching circuit 150 receives and forwards the first quadrature-phase RF input signal FQN to the first quadrature-phase driver PA stage 152, which receives and amplifies the forwarded first quadrature-phase RF input signal to provide an amplified first quadrature-phase RF input signal to the first quadrature-phase final PA stage 156 via the first quadrature-phase final PA impedance matching circuit 154. The first quadrature-phase final PA stage 156 receives and amplifies the amplified first quadrature-phase RF input signal to provide the first quadrature-phase RF output signal FQT via the first quadrature-phase combiner impedance matching circuit 158. During the first PA operating mode, the envelope power supply signal EPS provides power for amplification to the first quadrature-phase driver PA stage 152 and the first quadrature-phase final PA stage 156. During the first PA operating mode, the first final bias signal FFB provides biasing to the first quadrature-phase driver PA stage 152 and the first quadrature-phase final PA stage 156.
The second in-phase amplification path 134 includes a second in-phase driver PA impedance matching circuit 160, a second in-phase driver PA stage 162, a second in-phase final PA impedance matching circuit 164, a second in-phase final PA stage 166, and a second in-phase combiner impedance matching circuit 168. The second in-phase driver PA impedance matching circuit 160 is coupled between the second in-phase output SIO and the second in-phase driver PA stage 162. The second in-phase final PA impedance matching circuit 164 is coupled between the second in-phase driver PA stage 162 and the second in-phase final PA stage 166. The second in-phase combiner impedance matching circuit 168 is coupled between the second in-phase final PA stage 166 and the second in-phase input SII.
The second in-phase driver PA impedance matching circuit 160 may provide at least an approximate impedance match between the second quadrature RF splitter 132 and the second in-phase driver PA stage 162. The second in-phase final PA impedance matching circuit 164 may provide at least an approximate impedance match between the second in-phase driver PA stage 162 and the second in-phase final PA stage 166. The second in-phase combiner impedance matching circuit 168 may provide at least an approximate impedance match between the second in-phase final PA stage 166 and the second quadrature RF combiner 138.
During the second PA operating mode, the second in-phase driver PA impedance matching circuit 160 receives and forwards the second in-phase RF input signal SIN to the second in-phase driver PA stage 162, which receives and amplifies the forwarded second in-phase RF input signal to provide an amplified second in-phase RF input signal to the second in-phase final PA stage 166 via the second in-phase final PA impedance matching circuit 164. The second in-phase final PA stage 166 receives and amplifies the amplified second in-phase RF input signal to provide the second in-phase RF output signal SIT via the second in-phase combiner impedance matching circuit 168. During the second PA operating mode, the envelope power supply signal EPS provides power for amplification to the second in-phase driver PA stage 162 and the second in-phase final PA stage 166. During the second PA operating mode, the second final bias signal SFB provides biasing to the second in-phase driver PA stage 162 and the second in-phase final PA stage 166.
The second quadrature-phase amplification path 136 includes a second quadrature-phase driver PA impedance matching circuit 170, a second quadrature-phase driver PA stage 172, a second quadrature-phase final PA impedance matching circuit 174, a second quadrature-phase final PA stage 176, and a second quadrature-phase combiner impedance matching circuit 178. The second quadrature-phase driver PA impedance matching circuit 170 is coupled between the second quadrature-phase output SQO and the second quadrature-phase driver PA stage 172. The second quadrature-phase final PA impedance matching circuit 174 is coupled between the second quadrature-phase driver PA stage 172 and the second quadrature-phase final PA stage 176. The second quadrature-phase combiner impedance matching circuit 178 is coupled between the second quadrature-phase final PA stage 176 and the second quadrature-phase input SQI.
The second quadrature-phase driver PA impedance matching circuit 170 may provide at least an approximate impedance match between the second quadrature RF splitter 132 and the second quadrature-phase driver PA stage 172. The second quadrature-phase final PA impedance matching circuit 174 may provide at least an approximate impedance match between the second quadrature-phase driver PA stage 172 and the second quadrature-phase final PA stage 176. The second quadrature-phase combiner impedance matching circuit 178 may provide at least an approximate impedance match between the second quadrature-phase final PA stage 176 and the second quadrature RF combiner 138.
During the second PA operating mode, the second quadrature-phase driver PA impedance matching circuit 170 receives and forwards the second quadrature-phase RF input signal SQN to the second quadrature-phase driver PA stage 172, which receives and amplifies the forwarded second quadrature-phase RF input signal to provide an amplified second quadrature-phase RF input signal to the second quadrature-phase final PA stage 176 via the second quadrature-phase final PA impedance matching circuit 174. The second quadrature-phase final PA stage 176 receives and amplifies the amplified second quadrature-phase RF input signal to provide the second quadrature-phase RF output signal SQT via the second quadrature-phase combiner impedance matching circuit 178. During the second PA operating mode, the envelope power supply signal EPS provides power for amplification to the second quadrature-phase driver PA stage 172 and the second quadrature-phase final PA stage 176. During the second PA operating mode, the second final bias signal SFB provides biasing to the second quadrature-phase driver PA stage 172 and the second quadrature-phase final PA stage 176.
In alternate embodiments of the first in-phase amplification path 126, any or all of the first in-phase driver PA impedance matching circuit 140, the first in-phase driver PA stage 142, the first in-phase final PA impedance matching circuit 144, and the first in-phase combiner impedance matching circuit 148 may be omitted. In alternate embodiments of the first quadrature-phase amplification path 128, any or all of the first quadrature-phase driver PA impedance matching circuit 150, the first quadrature-phase driver PA stage 152, the first quadrature-phase final PA impedance matching circuit 154, and the first quadrature-phase combiner impedance matching circuit 158 may be omitted. In alternate embodiments of the second in-phase amplification path 134, any or all of the second in-phase driver PA impedance matching circuit 160, the second in-phase driver PA stage 162, the second in-phase final PA impedance matching circuit 164, and the second in-phase combiner impedance matching circuit 168 may be omitted. In alternate embodiments of the second quadrature-phase amplification path 136, any or all of the second quadrature-phase driver PA impedance matching circuit 170, the second quadrature-phase driver PA stage 172, the second quadrature-phase final PA impedance matching circuit 174, and the second quadrature-phase combiner impedance matching circuit 178 may be omitted.
During the first PA operating mode, the first in-phase final PA impedance matching circuit 144 receives and forwards the first in-phase RF input signal FIN to the first in-phase final PA stage 146, which receives and amplifies the forwarded first in-phase RF input signal to provide the first in-phase RF output signal FIT via the first in-phase combiner impedance matching circuit 148. During the first PA operating mode, the envelope power supply signal EPS provides power for amplification to the first in-phase final PA stage 146. During the first PA operating mode, the first final bias signal FFB provides biasing to the first in-phase final PA stage 146.
The first quadrature-phase final PA impedance matching circuit 154 is coupled between the first quadrature-phase output FQO and the first quadrature-phase final PA stage 156. The first quadrature-phase combiner impedance matching circuit 158 is coupled between the first quadrature-phase final PA stage 156 and the first quadrature-phase input FQI. The first quadrature-phase final PA impedance matching circuit 154 may provide at least an approximate impedance match between the first quadrature RF splitter 124 and the first quadrature-phase final PA stage 156. The first quadrature-phase combiner impedance matching circuit 158 may provide at least an approximate impedance match between the first quadrature-phase final PA stage 156 and the first quadrature RF combiner 130.
During the first PA operating mode, the first quadrature-phase final PA impedance matching circuit 154 receives and forwards the first quadrature-phase RF input signal FQN to the first quadrature-phase final PA stage 156, which receives and amplifies the forwarded first quadrature-phase RF input signal to provide the first quadrature-phase RF output signal FQT via the first quadrature-phase combiner impedance matching circuit 158. During the first PA operating mode, the envelope power supply signal EPS provides power for amplification to the first quadrature-phase final PA stage 156. During the first PA operating mode, the first final bias signal FFB provides biasing to the first quadrature-phase final PA stage 156.
The first non-quadrature PA path 100 illustrated in
In one embodiment of the first quadrature PA path 102, the first quadrature PA path 102 has only one in-phase PA stage, which is the first in-phase final PA stage 146, and only one quadrature-phase PA stage, which is the first quadrature-phase final PA stage 156. In one embodiment of the second quadrature PA path 106, the second in-phase driver PA impedance matching circuit 160, the second in-phase driver PA stage 162, the second quadrature-phase driver PA impedance matching circuit 170, and the second quadrature-phase driver PA stage 172 are omitted. As such, the second quadrature PA path 106 has only one in-phase PA stage, which is the second in-phase final PA stage 166, and only one quadrature-phase PA stage, which is the second quadrature-phase final PA stage 176.
The first quadrature RF splitter 124 has the first single-ended input FSI, such that the first input impedance is presented at the first single-ended input FSI. Since the first input impedance may be predominantly resistive, the first input impedance may be approximated as a first input resistive element RFI coupled between the first single-ended input FSI and the ground. The first single-ended output FSO is directly coupled to the first single-ended input FSI. Therefore, the first input resistive element RFI is presented to the first transistor inverting output FTIO.
In general, the first feeder PA stage 114 is the feeder PA stage having the single-ended output and an output transistor element, which has an inverting output. In general, the first quadrature RF splitter 124 is the quadrature RF splitter having the single-ended input, such that the input impedance is presented at the single-ended input. The inverting output may provide the single-ended output and may be directly coupled to the single-ended input. The inverting output may be a collector of the output transistor element and the output transistor element has the output load line.
IC=m(VCE)+ISAT. EQ. 1
EQ. 2 illustrates Ohm's Law as applied to the first input resistive element RFI, as shown below.
VCE=(IFR)(RFI). EQ. 2
EQ. 3 illustrates Kirchhoff's Current Law applied to the circuit illustrated in
IDC=IC+IFR. EQ. 3
The inductive reactance of the inverting output inductive element LIO at frequencies of interest may be large compared to the resistance of the first input resistive element RFI. As such, for the purpose of analysis, the inverting output inductor current IDC may be treated as a constant DC current. Therefore, when VCE=0, the voltage across the first input resistive element RFI is zero, which makes IFR=0. From EQ. 3, if IFR=0, then IC=IDC. However, from EQ. 1, when VCE=0 and IC=IDC, then ISAT=IDC, which is a constant. Substituting into EQ. 1 provides EQ. 1A as shown below.
IC=m(VCE)+IDC. EQ. 1A
From
0=m(VCO)+IDC. EQ. 1B
VCO=(IFR)(RFI). EQ. 2A
IDC=0+IFR. EQ. 3A
EQ. 3A may be substituted into EQ. 2A, which may be substituted into EQ. 1B to provide EQ. 10 as shown below.
0=m(VCO)+IDC=m(IDC)(RFI)+IDC. EQ. 1C
Therefore, m=−1/RFI. As a result, the first load line slope 186, which is represented by m is determined by the first input resistive element RFI, such that there is a negative inverse relationship between the first load line slope 186 and the first input resistive element RFI. In general, the first load line slope 186 is based on the first input impedance, such that the first input impedance substantially establishes the first load line slope 186. Further, there may be a negative inverse relationship between the first load line slope 186 and the first input impedance.
The first non-quadrature path power coupler 188 is coupled to the first single-ended output FSO and couples a portion of RF power flowing though the first single-ended output FSO to provide a first non-quadrature path power output signal FNPO. In an additional embodiment of the first RF PA 50, the first non-quadrature path power coupler 188 is coupled to the first single-ended input FSI and couples a portion of RF power flowing though the first single-ended input FSI to provide the first non-quadrature path power output signal FNPO.
The second non-quadrature path power coupler 190 is coupled to the second single-ended output SSO and couples a portion of RF power flowing though the second single-ended output SSO to provide a second non-quadrature path power output signal SNPO. In an additional embodiment of the second RF PA 54, the second non-quadrature path power coupler 190 is coupled to the second single-ended input SSI and couples a portion of RF power flowing though the second single-ended input SSI to provide the second non-quadrature path power output signal SNPO.
During the first PA operating mode, the first phase-shifting circuitry 192 receives and phase-aligns RF signals from the first in-phase final PA stage 146 and the first quadrature-phase final PA stage 156 via the first in-phase input FII and the first quadrature-phase input FQI, respectively, to provide phase-aligned RF signals to the first Wilkinson RF combiner 194. The first Wilkinson RF combiner 194 combines phase-aligned RF signals to provide the first RF output signal FRFO via the first quadrature combiner output FCO. The first phase-shifting circuitry 192 and the first Wilkinson RF combiner 194 may provide stable input impedances presented at the first in-phase input FII and the first quadrature-phase input FQI, respectively, which allows elimination of the first in-phase combiner impedance matching circuit 148 and the first quadrature-phase combiner impedance matching circuit 158.
The first in-phase final PA stage 146 includes a first in-phase final transistor element 196, first in-phase biasing circuitry 198, and a first in-phase collector inductive element LCI. The first quadrature-phase final PA stage 156 includes a first quadrature-phase final transistor element 200, first quadrature-phase biasing circuitry 202, and a first quadrature-phase collector inductive element LCQ. The first in-phase final PA impedance matching circuit 144 includes a first in-phase series capacitive element CSI1, a second in-phase series capacitive element CSI2, and a first in-phase shunt inductive element LUI. The first quadrature-phase final PA impedance matching circuit 154 includes a first quadrature-phase series capacitive element CSQ1, a second quadrature-phase series capacitive element CSQ2, and a first quadrature-phase shunt inductive element LUQ.
The first quadrature RF splitter 124 includes a first pair 204 of tightly coupled inductors and a first isolation port resistive element RI1. The first pair 204 of tightly coupled inductors has first parasitic capacitance 206 between the first pair 204 of tightly coupled inductors. Additionally, the first quadrature RF splitter 124 has the first single-ended input FSI, the first in-phase output FIO, and the first quadrature-phase output FQO. The first feeder PA stage 114 includes the first output transistor element 180, first feeder biasing circuitry 208, a first DC blocking capacitive element CD1, a first base resistive element RB1, and a first collector inductive element LC1. Additionally, the first feeder PA stage 114 has the first single-ended output FSO.
The first output transistor element 180 shown is an NPN bipolar transistor element. Other embodiments of the first output transistor element 180 may use other types of transistor elements, such as field effect transistor elements (FET) elements. The first DC blocking capacitive element CD1 is coupled between the first feeder PA impedance matching circuit 112 (
During the first PA operating mode, the first output transistor element 180 receives and amplifies an RF signal from the first feeder PA impedance matching circuit 112 (
The first quadrature RF splitter 124 illustrated in
In this regard, the first isolation port resistive element RI1 is coupled between the isolation port and the ground. The first in-phase output FIO is coupled to the first in-phase series capacitive element CSI1 and the first quadrature-phase output FQO is coupled to the first quadrature-phase series capacitive element CSQ1.
During the first PA operating mode, the first pair 204 of tightly coupled inductors receives, splits, and phase-shifts the first RF feeder output signal FFO (
The first in-phase series capacitive element CSI1 and the second in-phase series capacitive element CSI2 are coupled in series between the first in-phase output FIO and a base of the first in-phase final transistor element 196. The first in-phase shunt inductive element LUI is coupled between the ground and a junction between the first in-phase series capacitive element CSI1 and the second in-phase series capacitive element CSI2. The first quadrature-phase series capacitive element CSQ1 and the second quadrature-phase series capacitive element CSQ2 are coupled in series between the first quadrature-phase output FQO and a base of the first quadrature-phase final transistor element 200. The first quadrature-phase shunt inductive element LUQ is coupled between the ground and a junction between the first quadrature-phase series capacitive element CSQ1 and the second quadrature-phase series capacitive element CSQ2.
The first in-phase series capacitive element CSI1, the second in-phase series capacitive element CSI2, and the first in-phase shunt inductive element LUI form a “T” network, which may provide at least an approximate impedance match between the first in-phase output FIO and the base of the first in-phase final transistor element 196. Similarly, the first quadrature-phase series capacitive element CSQ1, the second quadrature-phase series capacitive element CSQ2, and the first quadrature-phase shunt inductive element LUQ form a “T” network, which may provide at least an approximate impedance match between the first quadrature-phase output FQO and the base of the first quadrature-phase final transistor element 200.
During the first PA operating mode, the first in-phase final PA impedance matching circuit 144 receives and forwards an RF signal from the first in-phase output FIO to the base of the first in-phase final transistor element 196 via the first in-phase series capacitive element CSI1 and the second in-phase series capacitive element CSI2. During the first PA operating mode, the first quadrature-phase final PA impedance matching circuit 154 receives and forwards an RF signal from the first quadrature-phase output FQO to the base of the first quadrature-phase final transistor element 200 via the first quadrature-phase series capacitive element CSQ1 and the second quadrature-phase series capacitive element CSQ2.
The first in-phase final transistor element 196 shown is an NPN bipolar transistor element. Other embodiments of the first in-phase final transistor element 196 may use other types of transistor elements, such as FET elements. The base of the first in-phase final transistor element 196 and the first in-phase biasing circuitry 198 are coupled to the second in-phase series capacitive element CSI2. The first in-phase biasing circuitry 198 receives the first final bias signal FFB. An emitter of the first in-phase final transistor element 196 is coupled to the ground. A collector of the first in-phase final transistor element 196 is coupled to the first in-phase input FII. One end of the first in-phase collector inductive element LCI is coupled to the collector of the first in-phase final transistor element 196. An opposite end of the first in-phase collector inductive element LCI receives the envelope power supply signal EPS.
During the first PA operating mode, the first in-phase final transistor element 196 receives and amplifies an RF signal from the second in-phase series capacitive element CSI2 to provide an RF output signal to the first in-phase input FII. The envelope power supply signal EPS provides power for amplification via the first in-phase collector inductive element LCI. The first in-phase biasing circuitry 198 biases the first in-phase final transistor element 196. The first final bias signal FFB provides power for biasing the first in-phase final transistor element 196 to the first in-phase biasing circuitry 198.
The first quadrature-phase final transistor element 200 shown is an NPN bipolar transistor element. Other embodiments of the first quadrature-phase final transistor element 200 may use other types of transistor elements, such as FET elements. The base of the first quadrature-phase final transistor element 200 and the first quadrature-phase biasing circuitry 202 are coupled to the second quadrature-phase series capacitive element CSQ2. The first quadrature-phase biasing circuitry 202 receives the first final bias signal FFB. An emitter of the first quadrature-phase final transistor element 200 is coupled to the ground. A collector of the first quadrature-phase final transistor element 200 is coupled to the first quadrature-phase input FQI. One end of the first quadrature-phase collector inductive element LCQ is coupled to the collector of the first quadrature-phase final transistor element 200. An opposite end of the first quadrature-phase collector inductive element LCQ receives the envelope power supply signal EPS.
During the first PA operating mode, the first quadrature-phase final transistor element 200 receives and amplifies an RF signal from the second quadrature-phase series capacitive element CSQ2 to provide an RF output signal to the first quadrature-phase input FQI. The envelope power supply signal EPS provides power for amplification via the first quadrature-phase collector inductive element LCQ. The first quadrature-phase biasing circuitry 202 biases the first quadrature-phase final transistor element 200. The first final bias signal FFB provides power for biasing the first quadrature-phase final transistor element 200 to the first quadrature-phase biasing circuitry 202.
In one embodiment of the RF PA circuitry 30 (
In alternate embodiments of the first PA semiconductor die 210, the first PA semiconductor die 210 may not include any or all of the first output transistor element 180, the first in-phase final transistor element 196, the first in-phase biasing circuitry 198, the first quadrature-phase final transistor element 200, the first quadrature-phase biasing circuitry 202, the first pair 204 of tightly coupled inductors, the first feeder biasing circuitry 208, the first in-phase series capacitive element CSI1, the second in-phase series capacitive element CSI2, the first quadrature-phase series capacitive element CSQ1, the second quadrature-phase series capacitive element CSQ2, the first isolation port resistive element RI1, the first base resistive element RB1, and the first DC blocking capacitive element CD1.
The first feeder PA stage 114, the first in-phase final PA impedance matching circuit 144, the first in-phase final PA stage 146, the first quadrature-phase final PA impedance matching circuit 154, and the first quadrature-phase final PA stage 156 illustrated in
The first input impedance is substantially based on the first parasitic capacitance 206, inductances of the first pair 204 of tightly coupled inductors, the first coupler capacitive element CC1, and the second coupler capacitive element CC2. In general, the first input impedance is based on the first parasitic capacitance 206 and inductances of the first pair 204 of tightly coupled inductors. The first input impedance is further based on at least one coupler capacitive element, such as the first coupler capacitive element CC1, the second coupler capacitive element CC2, or both, coupled between the first pair 204 of tightly coupled inductors. In an alternate embodiment of the first quadrature RF splitter 124, either the first coupler capacitive element CC1 or the second coupler capacitive element CC2 is omitted.
The first in-phase phase-shift capacitive element CPI1 is coupled between the first in-phase input FII and a first internal node (not shown). The first in-phase phase-shift inductive element LPI1 is coupled between the first internal node and the ground. The first quadrature-phase phase-shift inductive element LPQ1 is coupled between the first quadrature-phase input FQI and a second internal node (not shown). The first quadrature-phase phase-shift capacitive element CPQ1 is coupled between the second internal node and the ground. The second DC blocking capacitive element CD2 and the first Wilkinson resistive element RW1 are coupled in series between the first internal node and the second internal node. The first Wilkinson in-phase side capacitive element CWI1 is coupled between the first internal node and the ground. The first Wilkinson quadrature-phase side capacitive element CWQ1 is coupled between the first internal node and the ground. The first Wilkinson in-phase side inductive element LWI1 is coupled in series with the third DC blocking capacitive element CD3 between the first internal node and the first quadrature combiner output FCO. The first Wilkinson quadrature-phase side inductive element LWQ1 is coupled in series with the fourth DC blocking capacitive element CD4 between the second internal node and the first quadrature combiner output FCO. The first Wilkinson capacitive element CW1 is coupled between the first quadrature combiner output FCO and the ground.
The second quadrature RF combiner 138 includes second phase-shifting circuitry 212 and a second Wilkinson RF combiner 214. The second phase-shifting circuitry 212 has the second in-phase input SII and the second quadrature-phase input SQI, and the second Wilkinson RF combiner 214 has the second quadrature combiner output SCO.
During the second PA operating mode, the second phase-shifting circuitry 212 receives and phase-aligns RF signals from the second in-phase final PA stage 166 and the second quadrature-phase final PA stage 176 via the second in-phase input SII and the second quadrature-phase input SQI, respectively, to provide phase-aligned RF signals to the second Wilkinson RF combiner 214. The second Wilkinson RF combiner 214 combines phase-aligned RF signals to provide the second RF output signal SRFO via the second quadrature combiner output SCO. The second phase-shifting circuitry 212 and the second Wilkinson RF combiner 214 may provide stable input impedances presented at the second in-phase input SII and the second quadrature-phase input SQI, respectively, which allows elimination of the second in-phase combiner impedance matching circuit 168 and the second quadrature-phase combiner impedance matching circuit 178.
The second in-phase final PA stage 166 includes a second in-phase final transistor element 216, second in-phase biasing circuitry 218, and a second in-phase collector inductive element LLI. The second quadrature-phase final PA stage 176 includes a second quadrature-phase final transistor element 220, a second quadrature-phase biasing circuitry 222, and a second quadrature-phase collector inductive element LLQ. The second in-phase final PA impedance matching circuit 164 includes a third in-phase series capacitive element CSI3, a fourth in-phase series capacitive element CSI4, and a second in-phase shunt inductive element LNI. The second quadrature-phase final PA impedance matching circuit 174 includes a third quadrature-phase series capacitive element CSQ3, a fourth quadrature-phase series capacitive element CSQ4, and a second quadrature-phase shunt inductive element LNQ.
The second quadrature RF splitter 132 includes a second pair 224 of tightly coupled inductors and a second isolation port resistive element R12. The second pair 224 of tightly coupled inductors has second parasitic capacitance 226 between the second pair 224 of tightly coupled inductors. Additionally, the second quadrature RF splitter 132 has the second single-ended input SSI, the second in-phase output SIO, and the second quadrature-phase output SQO. The second feeder PA stage 122 includes a second output transistor element 228, second feeder biasing circuitry 230, a fifth DC blocking capacitive element CD5, a second base resistive element RB2, and a second collector inductive element LC2. Additionally, the second feeder PA stage 122 has the second single-ended output SSO.
The second output transistor element 228 shown is an NPN bipolar transistor element. Other embodiments of the second output transistor element 228 may use other types of transistor elements, such as field effect transistor elements (FET) elements. The fifth DC blocking capacitive element CD5 is coupled between the second feeder PA impedance matching circuit 120 (
During the second PA operating mode, the second output transistor element 228 receives and amplifies an RF signal from the second feeder PA impedance matching circuit 120 (
The second quadrature RF splitter 132 illustrated in
During the second PA operating mode, the second pair 224 of tightly coupled inductors receives, splits, and phase-shifts the second RF feeder output signal SFO (
The third in-phase series capacitive element CSI3 and the fourth in-phase series capacitive element CSI4 are coupled in series between the second in-phase output SIO and a base of the second in-phase final transistor element 216. The second in-phase shunt inductive element LNI is coupled between the ground and a junction between the third in-phase series capacitive element CSI3 and the fourth in-phase series capacitive element CSI4. The third quadrature-phase series capacitive element CSQ3 and the fourth quadrature-phase series capacitive element CSQ4 are coupled in series between the second quadrature-phase output SQO and a base of the second quadrature-phase final transistor element 220. The second quadrature-phase shunt inductive element LNQ is coupled between the ground and a junction between the third quadrature-phase series capacitive element CSQ3 and the fourth quadrature-phase series capacitive element CSQ4.
The third in-phase series capacitive element CSI3, the fourth in-phase series capacitive element CSI4, and the second in-phase shunt inductive element LNI form a “T” network, which may provide at least an approximate impedance match between the second in-phase output SIO and the base of the second in-phase final transistor element 216. Similarly, the third quadrature-phase series capacitive element CSQ3, the fourth quadrature-phase series capacitive element CSQ4, and the second quadrature-phase shunt inductive element LNQ form a “T” network, which may provide at least an approximate impedance match between the second quadrature-phase output SQO and the base of the second quadrature-phase final transistor element 220.
During the second PA operating mode, the second in-phase final PA impedance matching circuit 164 receives and forwards an RF signal from the second in-phase output SIO to the base of the second in-phase final transistor element 216 via the third in-phase series capacitive element CSI3 and the fourth in-phase series capacitive element CSI4. During the second PA operating mode, the second quadrature-phase final PA impedance matching circuit 174 receives and forwards an RF signal from the second quadrature-phase output SQO to the base of the second quadrature-phase final transistor element 220 via the third quadrature-phase series capacitive element CSQ3 and the fourth quadrature-phase series capacitive element CSQ4. The second in-phase final transistor element 216 shown is an NPN bipolar transistor element. Other embodiments of the second in-phase final transistor element 216 may use other types of transistor elements, such as FET elements. The base of the second in-phase final transistor element 216 and the second in-phase biasing circuitry 218 are coupled to the fourth in-phase series capacitive element CSI4.
The second in-phase biasing circuitry 218 receives the second final bias signal SFB. An emitter of the second in-phase final transistor element 216 is coupled to the ground. A collector of the second in-phase final transistor element 216 is coupled to the second in-phase input SII. One end of the second in-phase collector inductive element LLI is coupled to the collector of the second in-phase final transistor element 216. An opposite end of the second in-phase collector inductive element LLI receives the envelope power supply signal EPS.
During the second PA operating mode, the second in-phase final transistor element 216 receives and amplifies an RF signal from the fourth in-phase series capacitive element CSI4 to provide an RF output signal to the second in-phase input SII. The envelope power supply signal EPS provides power for amplification via the second in-phase collector inductive element LLI. The second in-phase biasing circuitry 218 biases the second in-phase final transistor element 216. The second final bias signal SFB provides power for biasing the second in-phase final transistor element 216 to the second in-phase biasing circuitry 218.
The second quadrature-phase final transistor element 220 shown is an NPN bipolar transistor element. Other embodiments of the second quadrature-phase final transistor element 220 may use other types of transistor elements, such as FET elements. The base of the second quadrature-phase final transistor element 220 and the second quadrature-phase biasing circuitry 222 are coupled to the fourth quadrature-phase series capacitive element CSQ4. The second quadrature-phase biasing circuitry 222 receives the second final bias signal SFB. An emitter of the second quadrature-phase final transistor element 220 is coupled to the ground. A collector of the second quadrature-phase final transistor element 220 is coupled to the second quadrature-phase input SQI. One end of the second quadrature-phase collector inductive element LLQ is coupled to the collector of the second quadrature-phase final transistor element 220. An opposite end of the second quadrature-phase collector inductive element LLQ receives the envelope power supply signal EPS.
During the second PA operating mode, the second quadrature-phase final transistor element 220 receives and amplifies an RF signal from the fourth quadrature-phase series capacitive element CSQ4 to provide an RF output signal to the second quadrature-phase input SQI. The envelope power supply signal EPS provides power for amplification via the second quadrature-phase collector inductive element LLQ. The second quadrature-phase biasing circuitry 222 biases the second quadrature-phase final transistor element 220. The second final bias signal SFB provides power for biasing the second quadrature-phase final transistor element 220 to the second quadrature-phase biasing circuitry 222.
In one embodiment of the RF PA circuitry 30 (
In alternate embodiments of the second PA semiconductor die 232, the second PA semiconductor die 232 may not include any or all of the second output transistor element 228, the second in-phase final transistor element 216, the second in-phase biasing circuitry 218, the second quadrature-phase final transistor element 220, the second quadrature-phase biasing circuitry 222, the second pair 224 of tightly coupled inductors, the second feeder biasing circuitry 230, the third in-phase series capacitive element CSI3, the fourth in-phase series capacitive element CSI4, the third quadrature-phase series capacitive element CSQ3, the fourth quadrature-phase series capacitive element CSQ4, the second isolation port resistive element R12, the second base resistive element RB2, and the fifth DC blocking capacitive element CD5.
The second in-phase phase-shift capacitive element CPI2 is coupled between the second in-phase input SII and a third internal node (not shown). The second in-phase phase-shift inductive element LPI2 is coupled between the third internal node and the ground. The second quadrature-phase phase-shift inductive element LPQ2 is coupled between the second quadrature-phase input SQI and a fourth internal node (not shown). The second quadrature-phase phase-shift capacitive element CPQ2 is coupled between the fourth internal node and the ground. The sixth DC blocking capacitive element CD6 and the second Wilkinson resistive element RW2 are coupled in series between the third internal node and the fourth internal node. The second Wilkinson in-phase side capacitive element CWI2 is coupled between the third internal node and the ground. The second Wilkinson quadrature-phase side capacitive element CWQ2 is coupled between the third internal node and the ground. The second Wilkinson in-phase side inductive element LWI2 is coupled in series with the seventh DC blocking capacitive element CD7 between the third internal node and the second quadrature combiner output SCO. The second Wilkinson quadrature-phase side inductive element LWQ2 is coupled in series with the eighth DC blocking capacitive element CD8 between the fourth internal node and the second quadrature combiner output SCO. The second Wilkinson capacitive element CW2 is coupled between the second quadrature combiner output SCO and the ground.
A summary of linear mode and non-linear mode quadrature PA circuitry is presented, followed by a detailed description of the linear mode and non-linear mode quadrature PA circuitry according to one embodiment of the present disclosure. Multi-mode multi-band RF PA circuitry includes a multi-mode multi-band quadrature RF PA coupled to multi-mode multi-band switching circuitry via a single output. The switching circuitry provides at least one non-linear mode output and multiple linear mode outputs. The non-linear mode output may be associated with at least one non-linear mode RF communications band and each linear mode output may be associated with a corresponding linear mode RF communications band. The outputs from the switching circuitry may be coupled to an antenna port via front-end aggregation circuitry. The quadrature nature of the quadrature PA path may provide tolerance for changes in antenna loading conditions.
One embodiment of the RF PA circuitry includes a highband multi-mode multi-band quadrature RF PA coupled to highband multi-mode multi-band switching circuitry and a lowband multi-mode multi-band quadrature RF PA coupled to lowband multi-mode multi-band switching circuitry. The highband switching circuitry may be associated with at least one highband non-linear mode RF communications band and multiple highband linear mode RF communications bands. The lowband switching circuitry may be associated with at least one lowband non-linear mode RF communications band and multiple lowband linear mode RF communications bands.
The first RF PA 50 is coupled to the alpha switching circuitry 52 via the single alpha PA output SAP. The second RF PA 54 is coupled to the beta switching circuitry 56 via the single beta PA output SBP. In one embodiment of the first RF PA 50, the single alpha PA output SAP is a single-ended output. In one embodiment of the second RF PA 54, the single beta PA output SBP is a single-ended output. In one embodiment of the alpha switching circuitry 52, the first alpha non-linear mode output FANO is associated with a first non-linear mode RF communications band and each of the group of alpha linear mode outputs FALO, RALO is associated with a corresponding one of a first group of linear mode RF communications bands. In one embodiment of the beta switching circuitry 56, the first beta non-linear mode output FBNO is associated with a second non-linear mode RF communications band and each of the group of beta linear mode outputs FBLO, SBLO is associated with a corresponding one of a second group of linear mode RF communications bands.
In an alternate embodiment of the alpha switching circuitry 52, the first alpha non-linear mode output FANO is associated with a first group of non-linear mode RF communications bands, which includes the first non-linear mode RF communications band. In an alternate embodiment of the beta switching circuitry 56, the first beta non-linear mode output FBNO is associated with a second group of non-linear mode RF communications bands, which includes the second non-linear mode RF communications band.
In one embodiment of the RF communications system 26 (
In one embodiment of the first RF PA 50, during the first alpha non-linear mode and during each of the group of alpha linear modes, the first RF PA 50 receives and amplifies the first RF input signal FRFI to provide the first RF output signal FRFO via the single alpha PA output SAP. Further, during the first beta non-linear mode and during each of the group of beta linear modes, the first RF PA 50 does not receive or amplify the first RF input signal FRFI to provide the first RF output signal FRFO.
In one embodiment of the second RF PA 54, during the first beta non-linear mode and during each of the group of beta linear modes, the second RF PA 54 receives and amplifies the second RF input signal SRFI to provide the second RF output signal SRFO via the single beta PA output SBP. Further, during the first alpha non-linear mode and during each of the group of alpha linear modes, the second RF PA 54 does not receive or amplify the second RF input signal SRFI to provide the second RF output signal SRFO.
In one embodiment of the alpha switching circuitry 52, during the first alpha non-linear mode, the alpha switching circuitry 52 receives and forwards the first RF output signal FRFO to provide the first alpha RF transmit signal FATX via the first alpha non-linear mode output FANO. During a first alpha linear mode, the alpha switching circuitry 52 receives and forwards the first RF output signal FRFO to provide the second alpha RF transmit signal SATX via the first alpha linear mode output FALO. During an RTH alpha linear mode, the alpha switching circuitry 52 receives and forwards the first RF output signal FRFO to provide the PTH alpha RF transmit signal PATX. In general, during each of the group of alpha linear modes, the alpha switching circuitry 52 receives and forwards the first RF output signal FRFO to provide a corresponding one of a group of alpha RF transmit signals SATX, PATX via a corresponding one of the group of alpha linear mode outputs FALO, RALO.
In one embodiment of the beta switching circuitry 56, during the first beta non-linear mode, the beta switching circuitry 56 receives and forwards the second RF output signal SRFO to provide the first beta RF transmit signal FBTX via the first beta non-linear mode output FBNO. During a first beta linear mode, the beta switching circuitry 56 receives and forwards the second RF output signal SRFO to provide the second beta RF transmit signal SBTX via the first beta linear mode output FBLO. During an STH beta linear mode, the beta switching circuitry 56 receives and forwards the second RF output signal SRFO to provide the QTH beta RF transmit signal QBTX. In general, during each of the group of beta linear modes, the beta switching circuitry 56 receives and forwards the second RF output signal SRFO to provide a corresponding one of a group of beta RF transmit signals SBTX, QBTX via a corresponding one of the group of beta linear mode outputs FBLO, SBLO.
A summary of dual-path PA circuitry with harmonic filters is presented, followed by a detailed description of the dual-path PA circuitry with harmonic filters according to one embodiment of the present disclosure. The dual-path PA circuitry includes a first transmit path and a second transmit path. Each transmit path has an RF PA and switching circuitry having at least one harmonic filter. Each RF PA may be coupled to its corresponding switching circuitry via a single output. Each switching circuitry provides at least one output via a harmonic filter and multiple outputs without harmonic filtering. The output via the harmonic filter may be a non-linear mode output and the outputs without harmonic filtering may be linear mode outputs. The non-linear mode output may be associated with at least one non-linear mode RF communications band and the linear mode outputs may be associated with multiple linear mode RF communications bands. As such, each RF PA may be a multi-mode multi-band RF PA.
The outputs from the switching circuitry may be coupled to an antenna port via front-end aggregation circuitry. The quadrature nature of the quadrature PA path may provide tolerance for changes in antenna loading conditions. One embodiment of the RF PA circuitry includes a highband multi-mode multi-band quadrature RF PA coupled to highband multi-mode multi-band switching circuitry and a lowband multi-mode multi-band quadrature RF PA coupled to lowband multi-mode multi-band switching circuitry. The highband switching circuitry may be associated with at least one highband non-linear mode RF communications band and multiple highband linear mode RF communications bands. The lowband switching circuitry may be associated with at least one lowband non-linear mode RF communications band and multiple lowband linear mode RF communications bands.
In one embodiment of the RF PA circuitry 30, the first alpha non-linear mode output FANO is a first alpha output, the second alpha non-linear mode output SANO is a second alpha output, the first beta non-linear mode output FBNO is a first beta output, the second beta non-linear mode output SBNO is a second beta output, the group of alpha linear mode outputs FALO, RALO is a group of alpha outputs, and the group of beta linear mode outputs FBLO, SBLO is a group of beta outputs. The alpha switching circuitry 52 provides the first alpha output via the first alpha harmonic filter 70. The alpha switching circuitry 52 provides the second alpha output via the second alpha harmonic filter 76. The alpha switching circuitry 52 provides the group of alpha outputs without harmonic filtering. The beta switching circuitry 56 provides the first beta output via the first beta harmonic filter 74. The beta switching circuitry 56 provides the second beta output via the second beta harmonic filter 78. The beta switching circuitry 56 provides the group of beta outputs without harmonic filtering.
In one embodiment of the RF communications system 26 (
In one embodiment of the first RF PA 50, during the first alpha non-linear mode and during each of the group of alpha linear modes, the first RF PA 50 receives and amplifies the first RF input signal FRFI to provide the first RF output signal FRFO via the single alpha PA output SAP. Further, during the first beta non-linear mode and during each of the group of beta linear modes, the first RF PA 50 does not receive or amplify the first RF input signal FRFI to provide the first RF output signal FRFO.
In one embodiment of the second RF PA 54, during the first beta non-linear mode and during each of the group of beta linear modes, the second RF PA 54 receives and amplifies the second RF input signal SRFI to provide the second RF output signal SRFO via the single beta PA output SBP. Further, during the first alpha non-linear mode and during each of the group of alpha linear modes, the second RF PA 54 does not receive or amplify the second RF input signal SRFI to provide the second RF output signal SRFO.
In one embodiment of the alpha switching circuitry 52, during the first alpha non-linear mode, the alpha switching circuitry 52 receives and forwards the first RF output signal FRFO to provide the first alpha RF transmit signal FATX via the first alpha harmonic filter 70 and the first alpha output. During each of the group of alpha linear modes, the alpha switching circuitry 52 receives and forwards the first RF output signal FRFO to provide a corresponding one of a group of alpha RF transmit signals TATX, PATX via a corresponding one of the group of alpha outputs.
In one embodiment of the beta switching circuitry 56, during the first beta non-linear mode, the beta switching circuitry 56 receives and forwards the second RF output signal SRFO to provide the first beta RF transmit signal FBTX via the first beta harmonic filter 74 and the first beta output. During each of the group of beta linear modes, the beta switching circuitry 56 receives and forwards the second RF output signal SRFO to provide a corresponding one of a group of beta RF transmit signals TBTX, QBTX via a corresponding one of the group of beta outputs.
The first alpha switching device 240 is coupled between the single alpha PA output SAP and the first alpha harmonic filter 70. As such, the first alpha switching device 240 is coupled between the single alpha PA output SAP and the first alpha non-linear mode output FANO via the first alpha harmonic filter 70. The second alpha switching device 242 is coupled between the single alpha PA output SAP and the first alpha linear mode output FALO. The third alpha switching device 244 is coupled between the single alpha PA output SAP and the RTH alpha linear mode output RALO. In general, the alpha RF switch 68 includes the first alpha switching device 240 and a group of alpha switching devices, which includes the second alpha switching device 242 and the third alpha switching device 244. As previously mentioned, the alpha switching circuitry 52 includes the group of alpha linear mode outputs FALO, RALO. As such, each of the group of alpha switching devices 242, 244 is coupled between the single alpha PA output SAP and a corresponding one of the group of alpha linear mode outputs FALO, RALO. Additionally, each of the alpha switching devices 240, 242, 244 has a corresponding control input, which is coupled to the switch driver circuitry 98.
The first beta switching device 246 is coupled between the single beta PA output SBP and the first beta harmonic filter 74. As such, the first beta switching device 246 is coupled between the single beta PA output SBP and the first beta non-linear mode output FBNO via the first beta harmonic filter 74. The second beta switching device 248 is coupled between the single beta PA output SBP and the first beta linear mode output FBLO. The third beta switching device 250 is coupled between the single beta PA output SBP and the STH beta linear mode output SBLO. In general, the beta RF switch 72 includes the first beta switching device 246 and a group of beta switching devices, which includes the second beta switching device 248 and the third beta switching device 250. As previously mentioned, the beta switching circuitry 56 includes the group of beta linear mode outputs FBLO, SBLO. As such, each of the group of beta switching devices 248, 250 is coupled between the single beta PA output SBP and a corresponding one of the group of beta linear mode outputs FBLO, SBLO. Additionally, each of the beta switching devices 246, 248, 250 has a corresponding control input, which is coupled to the switch driver circuitry 98.
In one embodiment of the alpha RF switch 68, the first alpha switching device 240 includes multiple switching elements (not shown) coupled in series. Each of the group of alpha switching devices 242, 244 includes multiple switching elements (not shown) coupled in series. In one embodiment of the beta RF switch 72, the first beta switching device 246 includes multiple switching elements (not shown) coupled in series. Each of the group of beta switching devices 248, 250 includes multiple switching elements (not shown) coupled in series.
A summary of a PA bias supply using boosted voltage is presented, followed by a detailed description of the PA bias supply using boosted voltage according to one embodiment of the present disclosure. An RF PA bias power supply signal is provided to RF PA circuitry by boosting a voltage from a DC power supply, such as a battery. In this regard, a DC-DC converter receives a DC power supply signal from the DC power supply. The DC-DC converter provides the bias power supply signal based on the DC power supply signal, such that a voltage of the bias power supply signal is greater than a voltage of the DC power supply signal. The RF PA circuitry has an RF PA, which has a final stage that receives a final bias signal to bias the final stage, such that the final bias signal is based on the bias power supply signal. Boosting the voltage from the DC power supply may provide greater flexibility in biasing the RF PA.
In one embodiment of the DC-DC converter, the DC-DC converter includes a charge pump, which may receive and pump-up the DC power supply signal to provide the bias power supply signal. Further, the DC-DC converter may operate in one of a bias supply pump-up operating mode and at least one other operating mode, which may include any or all of a bias supply pump-even operating mode, a bias supply pump-down operating mode, and a bias supply bypass operating mode. Additionally, the DC-DC converter provides an envelope power supply signal to the RF PA, which uses the envelope power supply signal to provide power for amplification. In one embodiment of the RF PA circuitry, the RF PA circuitry includes PA bias circuitry, which receives the bias power supply signal to provide the final bias signal. The PA bias circuitry may include a final stage current analog-to-digital converter (IDAC) to receive and use the bias power supply signal in a digital-to-analog conversion to provide the final bias signal.
In an alternate embodiment of the RF PA circuitry, the RF PA circuitry includes a first RF PA and a second RF PA, which include a first final stage and a second final stage, respectively. The first RF PA may be used to receive and amplify a highband RF input signal and the second RF PA may be used to receive and amplify a lowband RF input signal. The RF PA circuitry operates in one of a first PA operating mode and a second PA operating mode, such that during the first PA operating mode, the first RF PA is active and the second RF PA is disabled. Conversely, during the second PA operating mode, the first RF PA is disabled and the second RF PA is active. The PA bias circuitry may include the final stage IDAC and a final stage multiplexer. The final stage IDAC receives and uses the bias power supply signal in a digital-to-analog conversion to provide a final stage bias signal to the final stage multiplexer. During the first PA operating mode, the final stage multiplexer receives and forwards the final stage bias signal to provide a first final bias signal to the first RF PA to bias the first final stage. During the second PA operating mode, the final stage multiplexer receives and forwards the final stage bias signal to provide a second final bias signal to the second RF PA to bias the second final stage.
The first driver stage 252 receives the envelope power supply signal EPS, which provides power for amplification; the first final stage 254 receives the envelope power supply signal EPS, which provides power for amplification; the second driver stage 256 receives the envelope power supply signal EPS, which provides power for amplification; and the second final stage 258 receives the envelope power supply signal EPS, which provides power for amplification. In general, the first RF PA 50 receives the first driver bias signal FDB to bias first driver stage 252 and receives the first final bias signal FFB to bias the first final stage 254. Specifically, the first driver stage 252 receives the first driver bias signal FDB to bias the first driver stage 252 and the first final stage 254 receives the first final bias signal FFB to bias the first final stage 254. Similarly, the second RF PA 54 receives the second driver bias signal SDB to bias the second driver stage 256 and receives the second final bias signal SFB to bias the second final stage 258. Specifically, the second driver stage 256 receives the second driver bias signal SDB to bias the second driver stage 256 and the second final stage 258 receives the second final bias signal SFB to bias the second final stage 258.
In general, the PA bias circuitry 96 provides the first driver bias signal FDB based on the bias power supply signal BPS, the first final bias signal FFB based on the bias power supply signal BPS, the second driver bias signal SDB based on the bias power supply signal BPS, and the second final bias signal SFB based on the bias power supply signal BPS. Specifically, the driver stage IDAC circuitry 260 provides the first driver bias signal FDB based on the bias power supply signal BPS and provides the second driver bias signal SDB based on the bias power supply signal BPS. Similarly, the final stage IDAC circuitry 262 provides the first final bias signal FFB based on the bias power supply signal BPS and provides the second final bias signal SFB based on the bias power supply signal BPS.
In one embodiment of the driver stage IDAC circuitry 260 and the final stage IDAC circuitry 262, the driver stage IDAC circuitry 260 and the final stage IDAC circuitry 262 receive the bias power supply signal BPS and the bias configuration control signal BCC. The driver stage IDAC circuitry 260 provides the first driver bias signal FDB and the second driver bias signal SDB based on the bias power supply signal BPS and the bias configuration control signal BCC. The final stage IDAC circuitry 262 provides the first final bias signal FFB and the second final bias signal SFB based on the bias power supply signal BPS and the bias configuration control signal BCC. The bias power supply signal BPS provides the power necessary to generate the bias signals FDB, FFB, SDB, SFB. A selected magnitude of each of the bias signals FDB, FFB, SDB, SFB is provided by the driver stage IDAC circuitry 260 and the final stage IDAC circuitry 262. In one embodiment of the RF PA circuitry 30, the PA control circuitry 94 selects the magnitude of any or all of the bias signals FDB, FFB, SDB, SFB and communicates the magnitude selections to the driver stage IDAC circuitry 260 and the final stage IDAC circuitry 262 via the bias configuration control signal BCC. The magnitude selections by the PA control circuitry 94 may be based on the PA configuration control signal PCC. In an alternate embodiment of the RF PA circuitry 30, the control circuitry 42 (
As previously discussed, in one embodiment of the RF PA circuitry 30, the RF PA circuitry 30 operates in one of the first PA operating mode and the second PA operating mode. During the first PA operating mode, the first RF PA 50 receives and amplifies the first RF input signal FRFI to provide the first RF output signal FRFO, and the second RF PA 54 is disabled. During the second PA operating mode, the second RF PA 54 receives and amplifies the second RF input signal SRFI to provide the second RF output signal SRFO, and the first RF PA 50 is disabled.
In one embodiment of the first RF PA 50, during the second PA operating mode, the first RF PA 50 is disabled via the first driver bias signal FDB. As such, the first driver stage 252 is disabled. In an alternate embodiment of the first RF PA 50, during the second PA operating mode, the first RF PA 50 is disabled via the first final bias signal FFB. As such, the first final stage 254 is disabled. In an additional embodiment of the first RF PA 50, during the second PA operating mode, the first RF PA 50 is disabled via both the first driver bias signal FDB and the first final bias signal FFB. As such, both the first driver stage 252 and the first final stage 254 are disabled.
In one embodiment of the second RF PA 54, during the first PA operating mode, the second RF PA 54 is disabled via the second driver bias signal SDB. As such, the second driver stage 256 is disabled. In an alternate embodiment of the second RF PA 54, during the first PA operating mode, the second RF PA 54 is disabled via the second final bias signal SFB. As such, the second final stage 258 is disabled. In an additional embodiment of the second RF PA 54, during the first PA operating mode, the second RF PA 54 is disabled via both the second driver bias signal SDB and the second final bias signal SFB. As such, both the second driver stage 256 and the second final stage 258 are disabled.
In one embodiment of the RF PA circuitry 30, the PA control circuitry 94 selects the one of the first PA operating mode and the second PA operating mode. As such, the PA control circuitry 94 may control any or all of the bias signals FDB, FFB, SDB, SFB via the bias configuration control signal BCC based on the PA operating mode selection. The PA operating mode selection may be based on the PA configuration control signal PCC. In an alternate embodiment of the RF PA circuitry 30, the control circuitry 42 (
Further, during the first PA operating mode, the control circuitry selects a desired magnitude of the first driver bias signal FDB, a desired magnitude of the first final bias signal FFB, or both. During the second PA operating mode, the control circuitry selects a desired magnitude of the second driver bias signal SDB, a desired magnitude of the second final bias signal SFB, or both As such, during the first PA operating mode, the PA control circuitry 94 provides the bias configuration control signal BCC to the PA bias circuitry 96 in general and to the driver stage IDAC circuitry 260 in particular based on the desired magnitude of the first driver bias signal FDB, and the PA control circuitry 94 provides the bias configuration control signal BCC to the PA bias circuitry 96 in general and to the final stage IDAC circuitry 262 in particular based on the desired magnitude of the first final bias signal FFB. During the second PA operating mode, the PA control circuitry 94 provides the bias configuration control signal BCC to the PA bias circuitry 96 in general and to the driver stage IDAC circuitry 260 in particular based on the desired magnitude of the second driver bias signal SDB, and the PA control circuitry 94 provides the bias configuration control signal BCC to the PA bias circuitry 96 in general and to the final stage IDAC circuitry 262 in particular based on the desired magnitude of the second final bias signal SFB. In one embodiment of the PA control circuitry 94, the bias configuration control signal BCC is a digital signal.
The driver stage IDAC 264 receives the bias power supply signal BPS, the bias configuration control signal BCC, and a driver stage reference current IDSR. As such, the driver stage IDAC 264 uses the bias power supply signal BPS and the driver stage reference current IDSR in a digital-to-analog conversion to provide a driver stage bias signal DSBS. A magnitude of the digital-to-analog conversion is based on the bias configuration control signal BCC. The driver stage current reference circuitry 268 is coupled to the driver stage IDAC 264 and provides the driver stage reference current IDSR to the driver stage IDAC 264, such that during the first PA operating mode, the first driver bias signal FDB is based on the driver stage reference current IDSR, and during the second PA operating mode, the second driver bias signal SDB is based on the driver stage reference current IDSR. The driver stage current reference circuitry 268 may be disabled based on the bias configuration control signal BCC. The driver stage current reference circuitry 268 and the driver stage multiplexer 266 receive the bias configuration control signal BCC. The driver stage multiplexer 266 receives and forwards the driver stage bias signal DSBS, which is a current signal, to provide either the second driver bias signal SDB or the first driver bias signal FDB based on the bias configuration control signal BCC. During the first PA operating mode, the driver stage multiplexer 266 receives and forwards the driver stage bias signal DSBS to provide the first driver bias signal FDB based on the bias configuration control signal BCC. During the second PA operating mode, the driver stage multiplexer 266 receives and forwards the driver stage bias signal DSBS to provide the second driver bias signal SDB based on the bias configuration control signal BCC.
In this regard, during the first PA operating mode, the driver stage IDAC 264 provides the first driver bias signal FDB via the driver stage multiplexer 266, such that a magnitude of the first driver bias signal FDB is about equal to the desired magnitude of the first driver bias signal FDB. During the second PA operating mode, the driver stage IDAC 264 provides the second driver bias signal SDB via the driver stage multiplexer 266, such that a magnitude of the second driver bias signal SDB is about equal to the desired magnitude of the second driver bias signal SDB.
In one embodiment of the driver stage multiplexer 266, during the first PA operating mode, the driver stage multiplexer 266 disables the second RF PA 54 via the second driver bias signal SDB. In one embodiment of the second RF PA 54, the second RF PA 54 is disabled when the second driver bias signal SDB is about zero volts. In one embodiment of the driver stage multiplexer 266, during the second PA operating mode, the driver stage multiplexer 266 disables the first RF PA 50 via the first driver bias signal FDB.
In one embodiment of the first RF PA 50, the first RF PA 50 is disabled when the first driver bias signal FDB is about zero volts. As such, in one embodiment of the driver stage multiplexer 266, during the first PA operating mode, the driver stage multiplexer 266 provides the second driver bias signal SDB, which is about zero volts, such that the second RF PA 54 is disabled, and during the second PA operating mode, the driver stage multiplexer 266 provides the first driver bias signal FDB, which is about zero volts, such that the first RF PA 50 is disabled.
The final stage IDAC 270 receives the bias power supply signal BPS, the bias configuration control signal BCC, and a final stage reference current IFSR. As such, the final stage IDAC 270 uses the bias power supply signal BPS and the final stage reference current IFSR in a digital-to-analog conversion to provide a final stage bias signal FSBS. A magnitude of the digital-to-analog conversion is based on the bias configuration control signal BCC. The final stage current reference circuitry 274 is coupled to the final stage IDAC 270 and provides the final stage reference current IFSR to the final stage IDAC 270, such that during the first PA operating mode, the first final bias signal FFB is based on the final stage reference current IFSR, and during the second PA operating mode, the second final bias signal SFB is based on the final stage reference current IFSR. The final stage current reference circuitry 274 and the final stage IDAC 270 receive the bias configuration control signal BCC. The final stage current reference circuitry 274 may be disabled based on the bias configuration control signal BCC. The final stage multiplexer 272 receives and forwards the final stage bias signal FSBS, which is a current signal, to provide either the second final bias signal SFB or the first final bias signal FFB based on the bias configuration control signal BCC. During the first PA operating mode, the final stage multiplexer 272 receives and forwards the final stage bias signal FSBS to provide the first final bias signal FFB based on the bias configuration control signal BCC. During the second PA operating mode, the final stage multiplexer 272 receives and forwards the final stage bias signal FSBS to provide the second final bias signal SFB based on the bias configuration control signal BCC.
In this regard, during the first PA operating mode, the final stage IDAC 270 provides the first final bias signal FFB via the final stage multiplexer 272, such that a magnitude of the first final bias signal FFB is about equal to the desired magnitude of the first final bias signal FFB. Specifically, the final stage IDAC 270 receives and uses the bias power supply signal BPS and the bias configuration control signal BCC in a digital-to-analog conversion to provide the first final bias signal FFB. During the second PA operating mode, the final stage IDAC 270 provides the second final bias signal SFB via the final stage multiplexer 272, such that a magnitude of the second final bias signal SFB is about equal to the desired magnitude of the second final bias signal SFB. Specifically, the final stage IDAC 270 receives and uses the bias power supply signal BPS and the bias configuration control signal BCC in a digital-to-analog conversion to provide the second final bias signal SFB.
In one embodiment of the final stage multiplexer 272, during the first PA operating mode, the final stage multiplexer 272 disables the second RF PA 54 via the second final bias signal SFB. In one embodiment of the second RF PA 54, the second RF PA 54 is disabled when the second final bias signal SFB is about zero volts. In one embodiment of the final stage multiplexer 272, during the second PA operating mode, the final stage multiplexer 272 disables the first RF PA 50 via the first final bias signal FFB.
In one embodiment of the first RF PA 50, the first RF PA 50 is disabled when the first final bias signal FFB is about zero volts. As such, in one embodiment of the final stage multiplexer 272, during the first PA operating mode, the final stage multiplexer 272 provides the second final bias signal SFB, which is about zero volts, such that the second RF PA 54 is disabled, and during the second PA operating mode, the final stage multiplexer 272 provides the first final bias signal FFB, which is about zero volts, such that the first RF PA 50 is disabled.
A summary of a charge pump based PA envelope power supply and bias power supply is presented, followed by a detailed description of the charge pump based PA envelope power supply according to one embodiment of the present disclosure. The present disclosure relates to a DC-DC converter, which includes a charge pump based RF PA envelope power supply and a charge pump based PA bias power supply. The DC-DC converter is coupled between RF PA circuitry and a DC power supply, such as a battery. As such, the PA envelope power supply provides an envelope power supply signal to the RF PA circuitry and the PA bias power supply provides a bias power supply signal to the RF PA circuitry. Both the PA envelope power supply and the PA bias power supply receive power via a DC power supply signal from the DC power supply. The PA envelope power supply includes a charge pump buck converter and the PA bias power supply includes a charge pump.
By using charge pumps, a voltage of the envelope power supply signal may be greater than a voltage of the DC power supply signal, a voltage of the bias power supply signal may be greater than the voltage of the DC power supply signal, or both. Providing boosted voltages may provide greater flexibility in providing envelope power for amplification and in biasing the RF PA circuitry. The charge pump buck converter provides the functionality of a charge pump feeding a buck converter. However, the charge pump buck converter requires fewer switching elements than a charge pump feeding a buck converter by sharing certain switching elements.
The charge pump buck converter is coupled between the DC power supply and the RF PA circuitry. The charge pump is coupled between the DC power supply and the RF PA circuitry. In one embodiment of the PA envelope power supply, the PA envelope power supply further includes a buck converter coupled between the DC power supply and the RF PA circuitry. The PA envelope power supply may operate in one of a first envelope operating mode and a second envelope operating mode. During the first envelope operating mode, the charge pump buck converter is active, and the buck converter is inactive. Conversely, during the second envelope operating mode, the charge pump buck converter is inactive, and the buck converter is active. As such, the PA envelope power supply may operate in the first envelope operating mode when a voltage above the voltage of the DC power supply signal may be needed. Conversely, the PA envelope power supply may operate in the second envelope operating mode when a voltage above the voltage of the DC power supply signal is not needed.
In one embodiment of the charge pump buck converter, the charge pump buck converter operates in one of a pump buck pump-up operating mode and at least one other pump buck operating mode, which may include any or all of a pump buck pump-down operating mode, a pump buck pump-even operating mode, and a pump buck bypass operating mode. In one embodiment of the charge pump, the charge pump operates in one of a bias supply pump-up operating mode and at least one other bias supply operating mode, which may include any or all of a bias supply pump-down operating mode, a bias supply pump-even operating mode, and a bias supply bypass operating mode.
In one embodiment of the RF PA circuitry, the RF PA circuitry has an RF PA, which is biased based on the bias power supply signal and receives the envelope power supply signal to provide power for amplification. In one embodiment of the RF PA circuitry, the RF PA has a final stage that receives a final bias signal to bias the final stage, such that the final bias signal is based on the bias power supply signal. Additionally, the DC-DC converter provides the envelope power supply signal to the RF PA, which uses the envelope power supply signal to provide power for amplification. In one embodiment of the RF PA circuitry, the RF PA circuitry includes PA bias circuitry, which receives the bias power supply signal to provide the final bias signal. In one embodiment of the PA bias circuitry, the PA bias circuitry includes a final stage IDAC to receive and use the bias power supply signal in a digital-to-analog conversion to provide the final bias signal.
In one embodiment of the RF PA circuitry, the RF PA circuitry includes a first RF PA and a second RF PA, which may include a first final stage and a second final stage, respectively. The first RF PA is used to receive and amplify a highband RF input signal and the second RF PA is used to receive and amplify a lowband RF input signal. The RF PA circuitry may operate in one of a first PA operating mode and a second PA operating mode, such that during the first PA operating mode, the first RF PA is active and the second RF PA is disabled. Conversely, during the second PA operating mode, the first RF PA is disabled and the second RF PA is active. The PA bias circuitry includes the final stage IDAC and a final stage multiplexer. The final stage IDAC receives and uses the bias power supply signal in a digital-to-analog conversion to provide a final stage bias signal to the final stage multiplexer. During the first PA operating mode, the final stage multiplexer receives and forwards the final stage bias signal to provide a first final bias signal to the first RF PA to bias the first final stage. During the second PA operating mode, the final stage multiplexer receives and forwards the final stage bias signal to provide a second final bias signal to the second RF PA to bias the second final stage.
The PA bias power supply 282 receives the DC power supply signal DCPS from the DC power supply 80 and provides the bias power supply signal BPS based on DC-DC conversion of the DC power supply signal DCPS. The PA envelope power supply 280 receives the DC power supply signal DCPS from the DC power supply 80 and provides the envelope power supply signal EPS based on DC-DC conversion of the DC power supply signal DCPS.
The charge pump buck converter 84 receives and converts the DC power supply signal DCPS to provide the first buck output signal FBO, such that the envelope power supply signal EPS is based on the first buck output signal FBO. The charge pump 92 receives and charge pumps the DC power supply signal DCPS to provide the bias power supply signal BPS.
In one embodiment of the DC-DC converter 32, the DC-DC converter 32 operates in one of multiple converter operating modes, which include the first converter operating mode, the second converter operating mode, and the third converter operating mode. In an alternate embodiment of the DC-DC converter 32, the DC-DC converter 32 operates in one of the first converter operating mode and the second converter operating mode. In the first converter operating mode, the charge pump buck converter 84 is active, such that the envelope power supply signal EPS is based on the DC power supply signal DCPS via the charge pump buck converter 84. In the first converter operating mode, the buck converter 86 is inactive and does not contribute to the envelope power supply signal EPS. In the second converter operating mode, the buck converter 86 is active, such that the envelope power supply signal EPS is based on the DC power supply signal DCPS via the buck converter 86. In the second converter operating mode, the charge pump buck converter 84 is inactive, such that the charge pump buck converter 84 does not contribute to the envelope power supply signal EPS. In the third converter operating mode, the charge pump buck converter 84 and the buck converter 86 are active, such that either the charge pump buck converter 84; the buck converter 86; or both may contribute to the envelope power supply signal EPS. As such, in the third converter operating mode, the envelope power supply signal EPS is based on the DC power supply signal DCPS via the charge pump buck converter 84, via the buck converter 86, or both.
In one embodiment of the DC-DC converter 32, selection of the converter operating mode is made by the DC-DC control circuitry 90. In an alternate embodiment of the DC-DC converter 32, selection of the converter operating mode is made by the RF modulation and control circuitry 28 and may be communicated to the DC-DC converter 32 via the DC configuration control signal DCC. In an additional embodiment of the DC-DC converter 32, selection of the converter operating mode is made by the control circuitry 42 (
In the first converter operating mode, the charge pump buck converter 84 is active, such that the envelope power supply signal EPS is based on the DC power supply signal DCPS via the charge pump buck converter 84, and the first inductive element L1. In the first converter operating mode, the buck converter 86 is inactive and does not contribute to the envelope power supply signal EPS. In the second converter operating mode, the buck converter 86 is active, such that the envelope power supply signal EPS is based on the DC power supply signal DCPS via the buck converter 86 and the second inductive element L2. In the second converter operating mode, the charge pump buck converter 84 is inactive, such that the charge pump buck converter 84 does not contribute to the envelope power supply signal EPS. In the third converter operating mode, the charge pump buck converter 84 and the buck converter 86 are active, such that either the charge pump buck converter 84; the buck converter 86; or both may contribute to the envelope power supply signal EPS. As such, in the third converter operating mode, the envelope power supply signal EPS is based on the DC power supply signal DCPS either via the charge pump buck converter 84, and the first inductive element L1; via the buck converter 86 and the second inductive element L2; or both.
A summary of an automatically configurable 2-wire/3-wire serial communications interface (AC23SCI) is presented, followed by a detailed description of the AC23SCI according to one embodiment of the present disclosure. The present disclosure relates to the AC23SCI, which includes start-of-sequence (SOS) detection circuitry and sequence processing circuitry. When the SOS detection circuitry is coupled to a 2-wire serial communications bus, the SOS detection circuitry detects an SOS of a received sequence based on a serial data signal and a serial clock signal. When the SOS detection circuitry is coupled to a 3-wire serial communications bus, the SOS detection circuitry detects the SOS of the received sequence based on a chip select (CS) signal. The SOS detection circuitry provides an indication of detection of the SOS to the sequence processing circuitry, which initiates processing of the received sequence using the serial data signal and the serial clock signal upon the detection of the SOS. As such, an SOS detection signal, which is indicative of the detection of the SOS, is provided to the sequence processing circuitry from the SOS detection circuitry. In this regard, the AC23SCI automatically configures itself for operation with some 2-wire and some 3-wire serial communications buses without external intervention.
Since some 2-wire serial communications buses have only the serial data signal and the serial clock signal, some type of special encoding of the serial data signal and the serial clock signal is used to represent the SOS. However, some 3-wire serial communications buses have a dedicated signal, such as the CS signal, to represent the SOS. As such, some 3-wire serial communications devices, such as test equipment, RF transceivers, baseband controllers, or the like, may not be able to provide the special encoding to represent the SOS, thereby mandating use of the CS signal. As a result, the first AC23SCI must be capable of detecting the SOS based on either the CS signal or the special encoding.
The serial clock signal SCLK is used to synchronize to data provided by the serial data signal SDATA. A received sequence is provided to the first AC23SCI 300 by the serial data signal SDATA. The SOS is the beginning of the received sequence and is used by the sequence processing circuitry 304 to initiate processing the received sequence. In one embodiment of the SOS detection circuitry 302, the SOS detection circuitry 302 detects the SOS based on the CS signal CSS. In an alternate embodiment of the SOS detection circuitry 302, the SOS detection circuitry 302 detects the SOS based on special encoding of the serial data signal SDATA and the serial clock signal SCLK. In either embodiment of the SOS detection circuitry 302, the SOS detection circuitry 302 provides an SOS detection signal SSDS, which is indicative of the SOS. The sequence processing circuitry 304 receives the SOS detection signal SSDS, the serial data signal SDATA, and the serial clock signal SCLK. As such, the sequence processing circuitry 304 initiates processing of the received sequence using the serial data signal SDATA and the serial clock signal SCLK upon detection of the SOS. In one embodiment of the 3-wire serial communications bus 306, the 3-wire serial communications bus 306 is the digital communications bus 66. In one embodiment of the 3-wire serial communications bus 306, the 3-wire serial communications bus 306 is a bi-directional bus, such that the sequence processing circuitry 304 may provide the serial data input SDIN, the serial clock signal SCLK, or both.
The serial clock signal SCLK is used to synchronize to data provided by the serial data signal SDATA. A received sequence is provided to the first AC23SCI 300 by the serial data signal SDATA. The SOS is the beginning of the received sequence and is used by the sequence processing circuitry 304 to initiate processing the received sequence. The SOS detection circuitry 302 detects the SOS based on the special encoding of the serial data signal SDATA and the serial clock signal SCLK. The SOS detection circuitry 302 provides the SOS detection signal SSDS, which is indicative of the SOS. The sequence processing circuitry 304 receives the SOS detection signal SSDS, the serial data signal SDATA, and the serial clock signal SCLK. As such, the sequence processing circuitry 304 initiates processing of the received sequence using the serial data signal SDATA and the serial clock signal SCLK upon detection of the SOS. In one embodiment of the 2-wire serial communications bus 308, the 2-wire serial communications bus 308 is the digital communications bus 66. In one embodiment of the 2-wire serial communications bus 308, the 2-wire serial communications bus 308 is a bi-directional bus, such that the sequence processing circuitry 304 may provide the serial data input SDIN, the serial clock signal SCLK, or both.
In one embodiment of the SOS detection circuitry 302, when the SOS detection circuitry 302 is coupled to the 2-wire serial communications bus 308, the SOS detection circuitry 302 receives the serial data signal SDATA and receives the serial clock signal SCLK via the 2-wire serial communications bus 308, and the SOS detection circuitry 302 detects the SOS based on the serial data signal SDATA and the serial clock signal SCLK. When the SOS detection circuitry 302 is coupled to the 3-wire serial communications bus 306 (
In an alternate embodiment of the SOS detection circuitry 302, when the SOS detection circuitry 302 is coupled to the 3-wire serial communications bus 306 (
The CS detection circuitry 312 is coupled to the serial clock input SCIN and the CS input CSIN. As such, the CS detection circuitry 312 receives the serial clock signal SCLK and the CS signal CSS via the serial clock input SCIN and the CS input CSIN, respectively. The CS detection circuitry 312 feeds one input to the sequence detection OR gate 310 based on the serial clock signal SCLK and the CS signal CSS. In an alternate embodiment of the CS detection circuitry 312, the CS detection circuitry 312 is not coupled to the serial clock input SCIN. As such, the CS detection circuitry 312 feeds one input to the sequence detection OR gate 310 based on only the CS signal CSS. In an alternate embodiment of the SOS detection circuitry 302, the CS detection circuitry 312 is omitted, such that the CS input CSIN is directly coupled to one input to the sequence detection OR gate 310.
The SSC detection circuitry 314 is coupled to the serial clock input SCIN and the serial data input SDIN. As such, the SSC detection circuitry 314 receives the serial clock signal SCLK and the serial data signal SDATA via the serial clock input SCIN and the serial data input SDIN, respectively. The SSC detection circuitry 314 feeds another input to the sequence detection OR gate 310 based on the serial clock signal SCLK and the serial data signal SDATA. An output from the sequence detection OR gate 310 provides the SOS detection signal SSDS to the sequence processing circuitry 304 based on signals received from the CS detection circuitry 312 and the SSC detection circuitry 314. In this regard, the CS detection circuitry 312, the SSC detection circuitry 314, or both may detect an SOS of a received sequence.
The SOS detection circuitry 302 may detect the SOS 322 based on a LOW to HIGH transition of the CS signal CSS as shown in
The SSC detection circuitry 314 may use the serial data signal SDATA and the serial clock signal SCLK, such that the SOS detection signal SSDS is a pulse. A duration of the pulse may be about equal to the serial clock period 316. The pulse may be a positive pulse as shown in
In one embodiment of the sequence processing circuitry 304, if another SOS 322 is detected before processing of the received sequence 320 is completed; the sequence processing circuitry 304 will abort processing of the received sequence 320 in process and initiate processing of the next received sequence 320. In one embodiment of the first AC23SCI 300, the first AC23SCI 300 is a mobile industry processor interface (MiPi). In an alternate embodiment of the first AC23SCI 300, the first AC23SCI 300 is an RF front-end (FE) interface. In an additional embodiment of the first AC23SCI 300, the first AC23SCI 300 is a slave device. In another embodiment of the first AC23SCI 300, the first AC23SCI 300 is a MiPi RFFE interface. In a further embodiment of the first AC23SCI 300, the first AC23SCI 300 is a MiPi RFFE slave device. In a supplemental embodiment of the first AC23SCI 300, the first AC23SCI 300 is a MiPi slave device. In an alternative embodiment of the first AC23SCI 300, the first AC23SCI 300 is an RFFE slave device.
In one embodiment of the RF communications system 26, the S-wire serial communications bus 306 (
In an alternate embodiment of the RF communications system 26, the 2-wire serial communications bus 308 (
A summary of look-up table (LUT) based configuration of multi-mode multi-band RF PA circuitry is presented, followed by a detailed description of the LUT based configuration of the multi-mode multi-band RF PA circuitry according to one embodiment of the present disclosure. Circuitry includes the multi-mode multi-band RF power amplification circuitry, the PA control circuitry, and the PA-DCI. The PA control circuitry is coupled between the amplification circuitry and the PA-DCI, which is coupled to a digital communications bus, and configures the amplification circuitry. The amplification circuitry includes at least a first RF input and multiple RF outputs, such that at least some of the RF outputs are associated with multiple communications modes and at least some of the RF outputs are associated with multiple frequency bands. Configuration of the amplification circuitry associates one RF input with one RF output, and is correlated with configuration information defined by at least a first defined parameter set. The PA control circuitry stores at least a first LUT, which provides the configuration information.
The PA control circuitry configures the amplification circuitry to operate in a selected communications mode and a selected frequency band or group of frequency bands based on information received via the digital communications bus. Specifically, the PA control circuitry uses the information as an index to at least the first LUT to retrieve the configuration information. As such, the PA control circuitry configures the amplification circuitry based on the configuration information.
In one embodiment of the amplification circuitry, the amplification circuitry includes at least a first transmit path, which has a first RF PA and alpha switching circuitry. The first RF PA has a single alpha PA output, which is coupled to the alpha switching circuitry. The alpha switching circuitry has multiple alpha outputs, including at least a first alpha output and multiple alpha outputs. The first alpha output is associated with a first alpha non-linear mode and at least one non-linear mode RF communications band. The multiple alpha outputs are associated with multiple alpha linear modes and multiple linear mode RF communications bands. Configuration of the amplification circuitry includes operation in one of the multiple communications modes, which includes at least the first alpha non-linear mode and the multiple alpha linear modes.
In an alternate embodiment of the amplification circuitry, the amplification circuitry includes the first transmit path and a second transmit path. The first transmit path includes the first RF PA and the second path includes a second RF PA. Configuration of the amplification circuitry includes operation in one of a first PA operating mode and a second PA operating mode. During the first PA operating mode, the first RF PA receives and amplifies a first RF input signal to provide a first RF output signal, and the second RF PA is disabled. Conversely, during the second PA operating mode, the second RF PA receives and amplifies a second RF input signal to provide a second RF output signal, and the first RF PA is disabled. The first RF input signal may be a highband RF input signal associated with at least one highband RF communications band. The second RF input signal may be a lowband RF input signal associated with at least one lowband RF communications band.
In an additional embodiment of the amplification circuitry, the amplification circuitry includes the first transmit path and the second transmit path. The first transmit path includes the first RF PA and the alpha switching circuitry. The second transmit path includes a second RF PA and beta switching circuitry. The first RF PA has the single alpha PA output, which is coupled to the alpha switching circuitry. The second RF PA has a single beta PA output, which is coupled to the beta switching circuitry. The alpha switching circuitry has multiple outputs, including at least the first alpha output and multiple alpha outputs. The first alpha output is associated with the first alpha non-linear mode and at least one non-linear mode RF communications band. The multiple alpha outputs are associated with multiple alpha linear modes and multiple linear mode RF communications bands. The beta switching circuitry has multiple outputs, including at least a first beta output and multiple beta outputs. The first beta output is associated with a first beta non-linear mode and at least one non-linear mode RF communications band. The multiple beta outputs are associated with multiple beta linear modes and multiple linear mode RF communications bands. Configuration of the amplification circuitry includes operation in one of the multiple communications modes, which includes at least the first alpha non-linear mode, the multiple alpha linear modes, the first beta non-linear mode and the multiple beta linear modes.
In one embodiment of the PA-DCI 60, the PA-DCI 60 is a serial digital interface. In one embodiment of the PA-DCI 60, the PA-DCI 60 is a mobile industry processor interface (MiPi). In an alternate embodiment of the PA-DCI 60, the PA-DCI 60 is an RFFE interface. In an additional embodiment of the PA-DCI 60, the PA-DCI 60 is a slave device. In another embodiment of the PA-DCI 60, the PA-DCI 60 is a MiPi RFFE interface. In a further embodiment of the PA-DCI 60, the PA-DCI 60 is a MiPi RFFE slave device. In a supplemental embodiment of the PA-DCI 60, the PA-DCI 60 is a MiPi slave device. In an alternative embodiment of the PA-DCI 60, the PA-DCI 60 is an RFFE slave device.
In general, the multi-mode multi-band RF power amplification circuitry 328 has at least the first RF input FRI and a group of RF outputs FANO, FALO, RALO, FBNO, FBLO, SBLO. The configuration of the multi-mode multi-band RF power amplification circuitry 328 associates one of the RF inputs FRI, SRI with one of the group of RF outputs FANO, FALO, RALO, FBNO, FBLO, SBLO. In one embodiment of the multi-mode multi-band RF power amplification circuitry 328, configuration of the multi-mode multi-band RF power amplification circuitry 328 includes operation in one of the first PA operating mode and the second PA operating mode. During the first PA operating mode, the first transmit path 46 is active and the second transmit path 48 is inactive. During the second PA operating mode, the first transmit path 46 is inactive and the second transmit path 48 is active. In one embodiment of the first RF PA 50 and the second RF PA 54, during the second PA operating mode, the first RF PA 50 is disabled, and during the first PA operating mode, the second RF PA 54 is disabled. In one embodiment of the alpha switching circuitry 52 and the beta switching circuitry 56, during the second PA operating mode, the alpha switching circuitry 52 is disabled, and during the first PA operating mode, the beta switching circuitry 56 is disabled.
During the first PA operating mode, the first RF PA 50 receives and amplifies the first RF input signal FRFI via the first RF input FRI to provide the first RF output signal FRFO via the single alpha PA output SAP. During the second PA operating mode, the second RF PA 54 receives and amplifies the second RF input signal SRFI via the second RF input SRI to provide the second RF output signal SRFO via the single beta PA output SBP.
A summary of a LUT based configuration of a DC-DC converter is presented, followed by a detailed description of the LUT based configuration of a DC-DC converter according to one embodiment of the present disclosure. The present disclosure relates to RF PA circuitry and a DC-DC converter, which includes an RF PA envelope power supply and DC-DC control circuitry. The PA envelope power supply provides an envelope power supply signal to the RF PA circuitry. The DC-DC control circuitry has a DC-DC look-up table (LUT) structure, which has at least a first DC-DC LUT. The DC-DC control circuitry uses DC-DC LUT index information as an index to the DC-DC LUT structure to obtain DC-DC converter operational control parameters. The DC-DC control circuitry then configures the PA envelope power supply using the DC-DC converter operational control parameters. Using the DC-DC LUT structure provides flexibility in configuring the DC-DC converter for different applications, for multiple static operating conditions, for multiple dynamic operating conditions, or any combination thereof. Such flexibility may provide a system capable of supporting many different options and applications. Configuration may be done in a manufacturing environment, in a service depot environment, in a user operation environment, the like, or any combination thereof.
The DC-DC LUT index information may include DC-DC converter configuration information, which may be used to statically configure the DC-DC converter for a specific application or specific operating conditions, and operating status information, which may be used to dynamically configure the DC-DC converter based on changing conditions. The DC-DC converter operational control parameters may be indicative of a number of DC-DC converter configurations, such as an envelope power supply setpoint, a selected converter operating mode, a selected pump buck operating mode, a selected charge pump buck base switching frequency, a selected charge pump buck switching frequency dithering mode, a selected bias supply pump operating mode, a selected bias supply base switching frequency, a selected bias supply switching frequency dithering mode, the like, or any combination thereof. The contents of the DC-DC LUT structure may be based on DC-DC converter operating criteria, such as one or more operating efficiencies, one or more operating limits, at least one operating headroom, electrical noise reduction, PA operating linearity, the like, or any combination thereof.
The envelope power supply signal EPS has an envelope power supply voltage EPSV and an envelope power supply current EPSI. The bias power supply signal BPS has a bias power supply voltage BPSV and a bias power supply current BPSI. The DC power supply signal DCPS has a DC power supply voltage DCPV. The PA envelope power supply 280 provides the envelope power supply signal EPS to the RF PA circuitry 30 based on DC-DC conversion of the DC power supply signal DCPS. The PA bias power supply 282 provides the bias power supply signal BPS to the RF PA circuitry 30 based on DC-DC conversion of the DC power supply signal DCPS.
In one embodiment of the PA envelope power supply 280, the PA envelope power supply 280 includes the charge pump buck converter 84 (
In one embodiment of the DC-DC converter 32, the DC-DC converter 32 operates in one of the multiple converter operating modes, which include at least the first converter operating mode and the second converter operating mode. During the first converter operating mode, the charge pump buck converter 84 (
In one embodiment of the charge pump buck converter 84 (
One embodiment of the DC-DC converter 32 includes the pump buck bypass operating mode of the charge pump buck converter 84 (
The charge pump 92 (
One embodiment of the DC-DC converter 32 includes the bias supply bypass operating mode of the charge pump 92 (
The DC-DC control circuitry 90 uses DC-DC LUT index information 340 as an index to the DC-DC LUT structure 334 to obtain DC-DC converter operational control parameters 342. The DC-DC control circuitry 90 configures the DC-DC converter 32 (
The DC-DC control circuitry 90 may receive the DC-DC LUT index information 340 from the DC-DC converter DCI 62 (
The operating status information 346 may be used to dynamically configure the DC-DC converter 32 (
The DC-DC converter operational control parameters 342 may be indicative of an envelope power supply setpoint 348, a selected converter operating mode 350, a selected pump buck operating mode 352, a selected charge pump buck base switching frequency 354, a selected charge pump buck switching frequency dithering mode 356, a selected charge pump buck dithering characteristics 358, a selected charge pump buck dithering frequency 360, a selected bias supply pump operating mode 362, a selected bias supply base switching frequency 364, a selected bias supply switching frequency dithering mode 366, a selected bias supply dithering characteristics 368, a selected bias supply dithering frequency 370, the like, or any combination thereof.
The DC-DC control circuitry 90 (
The DC-DC control circuitry 90 (
The selected bias supply pump operating mode 362 is one of the bias supply pump-up operating mode and at least one other bias supply pump operating mode of the charge pump 92 (
The first, second, third, and fourth efficiency curves 388, 390, 392, 394 are associated with operation of the PA envelope power supply 280 (
As a result, to maximize efficiency of the PA envelope power supply 280 (
A summary of a configurable 2-wire/3-wire serial communications interface C23SCI is presented, followed by a detailed description of the C23SCI according to one embodiment of the present disclosure. The present disclosure relates to the C23SCI, which includes start-of-sequence (SOS) detection circuitry and sequence processing circuitry. When the SOS detection circuitry is coupled to a 2-wire serial communications bus, the SOS detection circuitry detects an SOS of a received sequence based on a serial data signal and a serial clock signal. When the SOS detection circuitry is coupled to a 3-wire serial communications bus, the SOS detection circuitry detects the SOS of the received sequence based on a chip select (CS) signal. In response to detecting the SOS, the SOS detection circuitry provides an SOS detection signal to the sequence processing circuitry, which initiates processing of the received sequence using the serial data signal and the serial clock signal. The received sequence is associated with one of multiple serial communications protocols.
Since some 2-wire serial communications buses have only the serial data signal and the serial clock signal, some type of special encoding of the serial data signal and the serial clock signal is used to represent the SOS. However, some 3-wire serial communications buses have a dedicated signal, such as the CS signal, to represent the SOS. As such, some 3-wire serial communications devices, such as test equipment, RF transceivers, baseband controllers, or the like, may not be able to provide the special encoding to represent the SOS, thereby mandating use of the CS signal. As a result, the first C23SCI must be capable of detecting the SOS based on either the CS signal or the special encoding.
Certain 2-wire serial communications protocols may have compatibility issues with certain 3-wire serial communications protocols. Further, the C23SCI may be used in a system using certain serial communications protocols having sequences that cannot be properly processed by the sequence processing circuitry. As a result, in one embodiment of the C23SCI, the sequence processing circuitry receives a protocol configuration signal, such that the sequence processing circuitry inhibits processing of certain serial communications protocols based on the protocol configuration signal. Additionally, in a system using certain serial communications protocols having sequences that cannot be properly processed by the sequence processing circuitry, the sequence processing circuitry may stall or react incorrectly. As a result, in one embodiment of the C23SCI, the sequence processing circuitry receives a sequence abort signal, such that the sequence processing circuitry aborts processing of a received sequence based on the sequence abort signal, which may be based on the CS signal.
The serial clock signal SCLK is used to synchronize to data provided by the serial data signal SDATA. A received sequence is provided to the first C23SCI 404 by the serial data signal SDATA. The SOS is the beginning of the received sequence and is used by the sequence processing circuitry 304 to initiate processing the received sequence. The received sequence is associated with one of multiple serial communications protocols. In one embodiment of the SOS detection circuitry 302, the SOS detection circuitry 302 detects the SOS based on the CS signal CSS. In an alternate embodiment of the SOS detection circuitry 302, the SOS detection circuitry 302 detects the SOS based on special encoding of the serial data signal SDATA and the serial clock signal SCLK. In either embodiment of the SOS detection circuitry 302, the SOS detection circuitry 302 provides the SOS detection signal SSDS, which is indicative of the SOS. The sequence processing circuitry 304 receives the SOS detection signal SSDS, the serial data signal SDATA, and the serial clock signal SCLK. As such, the sequence processing circuitry 304 initiates processing of the received sequence using the serial data signal SDATA and the serial clock signal SCLK upon detection of the SOS. In one embodiment of the 3-wire serial communications bus 306, the 3-wire serial communications bus 306 is the digital communications bus 66. In one embodiment of the 3-wire serial communications bus 306, the S-wire serial communications bus 306 is a bi-directional bus, such that the sequence processing circuitry 304 may provide the serial data input SDIN, the serial clock signal SCLK, or both.
Certain 2-wire serial communications protocols may have compatibility issues with certain 3-wire serial communications protocols. Further, the first C23SCI 404 may be used in a system using certain serial communications protocols having sequences that cannot be properly processed by the sequence processing circuitry 304. As a result, in one embodiment of the first C23SCI 404, the sequence processing circuitry 304 receives a protocol configuration signal PCS, such that the sequence processing circuitry 304 is inhibited from processing a received sequence associated with at least one of the multiple serial communications protocols based on the protocol configuration signal PCS.
The serial clock signal SCLK is used to synchronize to data provided by the serial data signal SDATA. A received sequence is provided to the first C23SCI 404 by the serial data signal SDATA. The SOS is the beginning of the received sequence and is used by the sequence processing circuitry 304 to initiate processing the received sequence. The SOS detection circuitry 302 detects the SOS based on the special encoding of the serial data signal SDATA and the serial clock signal SCLK. The SOS detection circuitry 302 provides the SOS detection signal SSDS, which is indicative of the SOS. The sequence processing circuitry 304 receives the SOS detection signal SSDS, the serial data signal SDATA, and the serial clock signal SCLK. As such, the sequence processing circuitry 304 initiates processing of the received sequence using the serial data signal SDATA and the serial clock signal SCLK upon detection of the SOS. In one embodiment of the 2-wire serial communications bus 308, the 2-wire serial communications bus 308 is the digital communications bus 66. In one embodiment of the 2-wire serial communications bus 308, the 2-wire serial communications bus 308 is a bi-directional bus, such that the sequence processing circuitry 304 may provide the serial data input SDIN, the serial clock signal SCLK, or both.
In one embodiment of the SOS detection circuitry 302, when the SOS detection circuitry 302 is coupled to the 2-wire serial communications bus 308, the SOS detection circuitry 302 receives the serial data signal SDATA and receives the serial clock signal SCLK via the 2-wire serial communications bus 308, and the SOS detection circuitry 302 detects the SOS based on the serial data signal SDATA and the serial clock signal SCLK. When the SOS detection circuitry 302 is coupled to the 3-wire serial communications bus 306 (
In an alternate embodiment of the SOS detection circuitry 302, when the SOS detection circuitry 302 is coupled to the 3-wire serial communications bus 306 (
The CS detection circuitry 312 is coupled to the serial clock input SCIN and the CS input CSIN. As such, the CS detection circuitry 312 receives the serial clock signal SCLK and the CS signal CSS via the serial clock input SCIN and the CS input CSIN, respectively. The CS detection circuitry 312 feeds one input to the sequence detection OR gate 310 based on the serial clock signal SCLK and the CS signal CSS. In an alternate embodiment of the CS detection circuitry 312, the CS detection circuitry 312 is not coupled to the serial clock input SCIN. As such, the CS detection circuitry 312 feeds one input to the sequence detection OR gate 310 based on only the CS signal CSS. In an alternate embodiment of the SOS detection circuitry 302, the CS detection circuitry 312 is omitted, such that the CS input CSIN is directly coupled to one input to the sequence detection OR gate 310.
The SSC detection circuitry 314 is coupled to the serial clock input SCIN and the serial data input SDIN. As such, the SSC detection circuitry 314 receives the serial clock signal SCLK and the serial data signal SDATA via the serial clock input SCIN and the serial data input SDIN, respectively. The SSC detection circuitry 314 feeds another input to the sequence detection OR gate 310 based on the serial clock signal SCLK and the serial data signal SDATA. An output from the sequence detection OR gate 310 provides the SOS detection signal SSDS to the sequence processing circuitry 304 based on signals received from the CS detection circuitry 312 and the SSC detection circuitry 314. In this regard, the CS detection circuitry 312, the SSC detection circuitry 314, or both may detect an SOS of a received sequence.
In a system using certain serial communications protocols having sequences that cannot be properly processed by the sequence processing circuitry 304, the sequence processing circuitry 304 may stall or react incorrectly. As a result, if a stall occurs during a read operation from the first C23SCI 404, the first C23SCI 404 may hang or lock-up the digital communications bus 66. To remove the stall or recover from an incorrect reaction, the sequence processing circuitry 304 may need to abort processing of a received sequence. In this regard, in one embodiment of the C23SCI 404, the sequence processing circuitry 304 receives a sequence abort signal SAS, such that the sequence processing circuitry 304 aborts processing of a received sequence based on the sequence abort signal SAS, which may be based on the CS signal CSS. The CS input CSIN is coupled to an input to the sequence abort inverter 406. As such, the sequence abort inverter 406 receives and inverts the CS signal CSS to provide the sequence abort signal SAS to the sequence processing circuitry 304. In this regard, when the SOS detection circuitry 302 is coupled to the 3-wire serial communications bus 306, the sequence abort signal SAS is based on the CS signal CSS. The sequence abort signal SAS may be used by the sequence processing circuitry 304 to abort commands, to abort read operations, to abort write operations, to abort configurations, the like, or any combination thereof.
The SOS detection circuitry 302 may detect the SOS 322 based on a LOW to HIGH transition of the CS signal CSS as shown in
The SSC detection circuitry 314 may use the serial data signal SDATA and the serial clock signal SCLK, such that the SOS detection signal SSDS is a pulse. A duration of the pulse may be about equal to the serial clock period 316. The pulse may be a positive pulse as shown in
In one embodiment of the sequence processing circuitry 304, if another SOS 322 is detected before processing of the received sequence 320 is completed; the sequence processing circuitry 304 will abort processing of the received sequence 320 in process and initiate processing of the next received sequence 320. In one embodiment of the first C23SCI 404, the first C23SCI 404 is a mobile industry processor interface (MiPi). In an alternate embodiment of the first C23SCI 404, the first C23SCI 404 is an RF front-end (FE) interface. In an additional embodiment of the first C23SCI 404, the first C23SCI 404 is a slave device. In another embodiment of the first C23SCI 404, the first C23SCI 404 is a MiPi RFFE interface. In a further embodiment of the first C23SCI 404, the first C23SCI 404 is a MiPi RFFE slave device. In a supplemental embodiment of the first C23SCI 404, the first C23SCI 404 is a MiPi slave device. In an alternative embodiment of the first C23SCI 404, the first C23SCI 404 is an RFFE slave device.
In one embodiment of the RF communications system 26, the S-wire serial communications bus 306 (
In an alternate embodiment of the RF communications system 26, the 2-wire serial communications bus 308 (
A summary of IDAC controlled PA bias is presented followed by a detailed description of the IDAC controlled PA bias according to one embodiment of the present disclosure. The present disclosure relates to RF PA circuitry, which includes an RF PA having a final stage, PA control circuitry, a PA-DCI, and a final stage IDAC. The final stage IDAC is coupled between the PA control circuitry and a final bias input to the final stage of the RF PA. The PA-DCI is coupled between a digital communications bus and the PA control circuitry. The PA control circuitry receives information from the digital communications bus via the PA-DCI. The final stage IDAC biases the final stage of the RF PA via the final bias input based on the information. Specifically, the final stage IDAC provides a final bias signal to the final bias input based on the information. As such, the PA control circuitry controls bias to the final stage by controlling the final stage IDAC via a bias configuration control signal. The PA-DCI may be a serial digital interface (SDI), a mobile industry processor interface (MiPi), or other digital interface.
In one embodiment of the RF PA circuitry, the RF PA circuitry includes a first RF PA, a second RF PA, the final stage IDAC, the PA control circuitry, the PA-DCI, and a final stage multiplexer coupled between the final stage IDAC and the RF PAs. During a first PA operating mode, the first RF PA is enabled and the second RF PA is disabled. Conversely, during a second PA operating mode, the first RF PA is disabled and the second RF PA is enabled. As such, the final stage multiplexer is controlled by the PA control circuitry based on which PA operating mode is selected. During the first PA operating mode, the PA control circuitry routes the final bias signal from the final stage IDAC though the final stage multiplexer to the first RF PA and disables the second RF PA by providing a disabling final bias signal to the second RF PA from the final stage multiplexer. Conversely, during the second PA operating mode, the PA control circuitry routes the final bias signal from the final stage IDAC though the final stage multiplexer to the second RF PA and disables the first RF PA by providing a disabling final bias signal to the first RF PA from the final stage multiplexer.
In an alternate embodiment of the RF PA circuitry, the RF PA circuitry further includes a driver stage IDAC and a driver stage multiplexer coupled to driver stages in the first and second RF PAs. During the first PA operating mode, the PA control circuitry routes a driver bias signal from the driver stage IDAC though the driver stage multiplexer to the first RF PA. During the second PA operating mode, the PA control circuitry routes the driver bias signal from the driver stage IDAC though the driver stage multiplexer to the second RF PA.
In this regard, the final stage IDAC 270 (
The PA-DCI 60 is coupled between the digital communications bus 66 and the PA control circuitry 94. The PA control circuitry 94 receives information from the digital communications bus 66 via the PA-DCI 60. In one embodiment of the PA-DCI 60, the PA-DCI 60 is a serial digital interface. In one embodiment of the PA-DCI 60, the PA-DCI 60 is a mobile industry processor interface (MiPi). The final stage IDAC 270 (
In one embodiment of the control circuitry 42 (
The PA control circuitry 94 provides the bias configuration control signal BCC based on the information. As such, the PA control circuitry 94 controls bias to the first final stage 254 by controlling the final stage IDAC 270 (
In one embodiment of the first driver stage 252, the first driver stage 252 is a quadrature driver stage. In an alternate embodiment of the first driver stage 252, the first driver stage 252 is a non-quadrature driver stage. In one embodiment of the second driver stage 256, the second driver stage 256 is a quadrature driver stage. In an alternate embodiment of the second driver stage 256, the second driver stage 256 is a non-quadrature driver stage. In one embodiment of the first final stage 254, the first final stage 254 is a quadrature final stage. In an alternate embodiment of the first final stage 254, the first final stage 254 is a non-quadrature final stage. In one embodiment of the second final stage 258, the second final stage 258 is a quadrature final stage. In an alternate embodiment of the second final stage 258, the second final stage 258 is a non-quadrature final stage.
During the first PA operating mode, the first quadrature RF splitter 124 receives the first final stage input signal FFSI via the first single-ended input FSI. Further, during the first PA operating mode, the first quadrature RF splitter 124 splits and phase-shifts the first final stage input signal FFSI into the first in-phase RF input signal FIN and the first quadrature-phase RF input signal FQN, such that the first quadrature-phase RF input signal FQN is nominally phase-shifted from the first in-phase RF input signal FIN by about 90 degrees.
During the first PA operating mode, the first in-phase final PA impedance matching circuit 144 receives and forwards the first in-phase RF input signal FIN to the first in-phase final PA stage 146, which receives and amplifies the forwarded first in-phase RF input signal to provide the first in-phase RF output signal FIT via the first in-phase combiner impedance matching circuit 148. During the first PA operating mode, the envelope power supply signal EPS provides power for amplification to the first in-phase final PA stage 146. During the first PA operating mode, the first final bias signal FFB provides biasing to the first in-phase final PA stage 146 via the first in-phase final bias input FIFI.
The first quadrature-phase amplification path 128 includes the first quadrature-phase final PA impedance matching circuit 154, the first quadrature-phase final PA stage 156, and the first quadrature-phase combiner impedance matching circuit 158. The first quadrature-phase final PA impedance matching circuit 154 is coupled between the first quadrature-phase output FQO and the first quadrature-phase final PA stage 156. The first quadrature-phase combiner impedance matching circuit 158 is coupled between the first quadrature-phase final PA stage 156 and the first quadrature-phase input FQI.
The first quadrature-phase final PA impedance matching circuit 154 may provide at least an approximate impedance match between the first quadrature RF splitter 124 and the first quadrature-phase final PA stage 156. The first quadrature-phase combiner impedance matching circuit 158 may provide at least an approximate impedance match between the first quadrature-phase final PA stage 156 and the first quadrature RF combiner 130. The first quadrature-phase final PA stage 156 has a first quadrature-phase final bias input FQFI, which is coupled to the first final bias input FFBI. In one embodiment of the first quadrature-phase final PA stage 156, the first quadrature-phase final bias input FQFI is directly coupled to the first final bias input FFBI.
During the first PA operating mode, the first quadrature-phase final PA impedance matching circuit 154 receives and forwards the first quadrature-phase RF input signal FQN to provide a forwarded first quadrature-phase RF input signal to the first quadrature-phase final PA stage 156 via the first quadrature-phase final PA impedance matching circuit 154. The first quadrature-phase final PA stage 156 receives and amplifies the forwarded first quadrature-phase RF input signal to provide the first quadrature-phase RF output signal FQT via the first quadrature-phase combiner impedance matching circuit 158. During the first PA operating mode, the first quadrature RF combiner 130 receives the first in-phase RF output signal FIT via the first in-phase input FII, and receives the first quadrature-phase RF output signal FQT via the first quadrature-phase input FQI. Further, the first quadrature RF combiner 130 phase-shifts and combines the first in-phase RF output signal FIT and the first quadrature-phase RF output signal FQT to provide the first RF output signal FRFO via the first quadrature combiner output FCO, such that the phase-shifted first in-phase RF output signal FIT and first quadrature-phase RF output signal FQT are about phase-aligned with one another before combining. During the first PA operating mode, the envelope power supply signal EPS provides power for amplification to the first quadrature-phase final PA stage 156. During the first PA operating mode, the first final bias signal FFB provides biasing to the first quadrature-phase final PA stage 156 via the first quadrature-phase final bias input FQFI.
The second in-phase final PA impedance matching circuit 164 may provide at least an approximate impedance match between the second quadrature RF splitter 132 and the second in-phase final PA stage 166. The second in-phase combiner impedance matching circuit 168 may provide at least an approximate impedance match between the second in-phase final PA stage 166 and the second quadrature RF combiner 138. The second in-phase final PA stage 166 has a second in-phase final bias input SIFI, which is coupled to the second final bias input SFBI. In one embodiment of the second in-phase final PA stage 166, the second in-phase final bias input SIFI is directly coupled to the second final bias input SFBI.
During the second PA operating mode, the second quadrature RF splitter 132 receives the second final stage input signal SFSI via the second single-ended input SSI. Further, during the second PA operating mode, the second quadrature RF splitter 132 splits and phase-shifts the second final stage input signal SFSI into the second in-phase RF input signal SIN and the second quadrature-phase RF input signal SQN, such that the second quadrature-phase RF input signal SQN is nominally phase-shifted from the second in-phase RF input signal SIN by about 90 degrees.
During the second PA operating mode, the second in-phase final PA impedance matching circuit 164 receives and forwards the second in-phase RF input signal SIN to the second in-phase final PA stage 166. The second in-phase final PA stage 166 receives and amplifies the forwarded second in-phase RF input signal to provide the second in-phase RF output signal SIT via the second in-phase combiner impedance matching circuit 168. During the second PA operating mode, the envelope power supply signal EPS provides power for amplification to the second in-phase final PA stage 166. During the second PA operating mode, the second final bias signal SFB provides biasing to the second in-phase final PA stage 166 via the second in-phase final bias input SIFI.
The second quadrature-phase amplification path 136 includes the second quadrature-phase final PA impedance matching circuit 174, the second quadrature-phase final PA stage 176, and the second quadrature-phase combiner impedance matching circuit 178. The second quadrature-phase final PA impedance matching circuit 174 is coupled between the second quadrature-phase output SQO and the second quadrature-phase final PA stage 176. The second quadrature-phase combiner impedance matching circuit 178 is coupled between the second quadrature-phase final PA stage 176 and the second quadrature-phase input SQL
The second quadrature-phase final PA impedance matching circuit 174 may provide at least an approximate impedance match between second quadrature RF splitter 132 and the second quadrature-phase final PA stage 176. The second quadrature-phase combiner impedance matching circuit 178 may provide at least an approximate impedance match between the second quadrature-phase final PA stage 176 and the second quadrature RF combiner 138. The second quadrature-phase final PA stage 176 has a second quadrature-phase final bias input SQFI, which is coupled to the second final bias input SFBI. In one embodiment of the second quadrature-phase final PA stage 176, the second quadrature-phase final bias input SQFI is directly coupled to the second final bias input SFBI.
During the second PA operating mode, the second quadrature-phase final PA impedance matching circuit 174 receives and forwards the second quadrature-phase RF input signal SQN to the second quadrature-phase final PA stage 176. The second quadrature-phase final PA stage 176 receives and amplifies the forwarded the second quadrature-phase RF input signal to provide the second quadrature-phase RF output signal SQT via the second quadrature-phase combiner impedance matching circuit 178. During the second PA operating mode, the second quadrature RF combiner 138 receives the second in-phase RF output signal SIT via the second in-phase input SII, and receives the second quadrature-phase RF output signal SQT via the second quadrature-phase input SQI. Further, the second quadrature RF combiner 138 phase-shifts and combines the second in-phase RF output signal SIT and the second quadrature-phase RF output signal SQT to provide the second RF output signal SRFO via the second quadrature combiner output SCO, such that the phase-shifted second in-phase RF output signal SIT and second quadrature-phase RF output signal SQT are about phase-aligned with one another before combining. During the second PA operating mode, the envelope power supply signal EPS provides power for amplification to the second quadrature-phase final PA stage 176. During the second PA operating mode, the second final bias signal SFB provides biasing to the second quadrature-phase final PA stage 176 via the second quadrature-phase final bias input SQFI.
A summary of noise reduction of dual switching power supplies using synchronized switching frequencies is followed by a detailed description of the noise reduction of dual switching power supplies using synchronized switching frequencies according to one embodiment of the present disclosure. In this regard, the present disclosure relates to a DC-DC converter having a first switching power supply, a second switching power supply, and frequency synthesis circuitry, which provides a first clock signal to the first switching power supply and a second clock signal to the second switching power supply. The first switching power supply receives and converts a DC power supply signal from a DC power supply, such as a battery, to provide a first switching power supply output signal using the first clock signal, which has a first frequency. The second switching power supply receives and converts the DC power supply signal to provide a second switching power supply output signal using the second clock signal, which has a second frequency. The second clock signal is phase-locked to the first clock signal. A switching frequency of the first switching power supply is equal to the first frequency and a switching frequency of the second switching power supply is equal to the second frequency.
The first and the second switching power supply output signals are used to provide power to application circuitry. By phase-locking the second clock signal to the first clock signal, an uncontrolled low frequency beat between the first and the second clock signals is avoided. Such a beat could interfere with proper operation of the application circuitry, particularly in applications that have sensitivities to certain frequencies. An uncontrolled low frequency beat may be manifested in ripple in the first switching power supply output signal, in ripple in the second switching power supply output signal, via switching circuitry in the first switching power supply, via switching circuitry in the second switching power supply, or any combination thereof. As a result, filtering out or avoiding such a beat may be difficult. By phase-locking the first and the second clock signals, spectral content of the first and the second switching power supplies is harmonically related and controlled. In one embodiment of the application circuitry, the first switching power supply output signal is an envelope power supply signal for an RF power amplifier (PA) and the second switching power supply output signal is a bias power supply signal used for biasing the RF PA. By avoiding an uncontrolled low frequency beat between the first and the second clock signals, interference in the RF PA and other RF circuitry, may be avoided.
In one embodiment of the frequency synthesis circuitry, the first frequency divided by the second frequency is about equal to a positive integer. In an alternate embodiment of the frequency synthesis circuitry, the first frequency divided by the second frequency is about equal to a first positive integer divided by a second positive integer. In one embodiment of the frequency synthesis circuitry, the frequency synthesis circuitry includes a first frequency oscillator, which provides the first clock signal, and a second frequency oscillator, which provides the second clock signal, such that the second frequency oscillator is phase-locked to the first frequency oscillator. In one embodiment of the first frequency oscillator, the first frequency oscillator is a programmable frequency oscillator. In one embodiment of the second frequency oscillator, the second frequency oscillator is a programmable frequency oscillator.
In one embodiment of the frequency synthesis circuitry, the frequency synthesis circuitry includes the first frequency oscillator, which provides a first oscillator output signal, and a first divider, which receives and divides the first oscillator output signal to provide the second clock signal. The first oscillator output signal has the first frequency and the first clock signal is based on the first oscillator output signal. In one embodiment of the frequency synthesis circuitry, the first oscillator output signal is the first clock signal. In an alternate embodiment of the frequency synthesis circuitry, the frequency synthesis circuitry further includes a buffer, which receives and buffers the first oscillator output signal to provide the first clock signal. In one embodiment of the first divider, the first divider is a fractional divider, such that the first frequency divided by the second frequency is about equal to the first positive integer divided by the second positive integer. In an alternate embodiment of the first divider, the first divider is an integer divider, such that the first frequency divided by the second frequency is about equal to the positive integer. In an additional embodiment of the first divider, the first divider is a programmable divider, such that any or all of the first positive integer, the second positive integer, and the positive integer are programmable.
In another embodiment of the frequency synthesis circuitry, the frequency synthesis circuitry includes the first frequency oscillator, which provides the first oscillator output signal, the first divider, which receives and divides the first oscillator output signal to provide the second clock signal, and a second divider, which receives and divides the first oscillator output signal to provide the first clock signal. In one embodiment of the second divider, the second divider is a fractional divider. In an alternate embodiment of the second divider, the second divider is an integer divider.
The DC-DC control circuitry 90 provides a first power supply control signal FPCS to the first switching power supply 450, a second power supply control signal SPCS to the second switching power supply 452, and a frequency synthesis control signal FSCS to the frequency synthesis circuitry 454. The first switching power supply 450 provides a first power supply status signal FPSS to the DC-DC control circuitry 90. The second switching power supply 452 provides a second power supply status signal SPSS to the DC-DC control circuitry 90. The frequency synthesis circuitry 454 provides a frequency synthesis status signal FSSS to the DC-DC control circuitry 90.
The frequency synthesis circuitry 454 provides a first clock signal FCLS to the first switching power supply 450 and a second clock signal SCLS to the second switching power supply 452. The first clock signal FCLS has a first frequency and the second clock signal SCLS has a second frequency. The second clock signal SCLS is phase-locked to the first clock signal FCLS. The first switching power supply 450 receives and converts the DC power supply signal DCPS to provide a first switching power supply output signal FPSO using the first clock signal FCLS, such that a switching frequency of the first switching power supply 450 is equal to the first frequency. The second switching power supply 452 receives and converts the DC power supply signal DCPS to provide a second switching power supply output signal SPSO using the second clock signal SCLS, such that a switching frequency of the second switching power supply 452 is equal to the second frequency.
In one embodiment of the frequency synthesis circuitry 454, the first frequency divided by the second frequency is about equal to a positive integer. In one embodiment of the frequency synthesis circuitry 454, the first frequency divided by the second frequency is about equal to a first positive integer divided by a second positive integer. In one embodiment of the first switching power supply 450, the first switching power supply 450 is a charge pump buck power supply. In one embodiment of the second switching power supply 452, the second switching power supply 452 is a charge pump power supply.
During the first converter operating mode, the first switching converter 456 is active and the second switching converter 458 is inactive, such that the first switching converter 456 receives and converts the DC power supply signal DCPS to provide the first switching power supply output signal FPSO via the first inductive element L1 and the first power filtering circuitry 82. During the second converter operating mode, the first switching converter 456 is inactive and the second switching converter 458 is active, such that the second switching converter 458 receives and converts the DC power supply signal DCPS to provide the first switching power supply output signal FPSO via the second inductive element L2 and the first power filtering circuitry 82.
In an alternate embodiment of the first switching power supply 450, the second switching converter 458 and the second inductive element L2 are omitted. In an additional embodiment of the first switching power supply 450, the second inductive element L2 is omitted, such that the second switching converter 458 is coupled across the first switching converter 456.
The frequency synthesis circuitry 454 provides the first clock signal FCLS to the PA envelope power supply 280 and the second clock signal SCLS to the PA bias power supply 282. A switching frequency of the PA envelope power supply 280 is equal to the first frequency. A switching frequency of the PA bias power supply 282 is equal to the second frequency. The first switching power supply output signal FPSO is the envelope power supply signal EPS. The second switching power supply output signal SPSO is the bias power supply signal BPS. The first power supply control signal FPCS provides the charge pump buck control signal CPBS and the buck control signal BCS. The second power supply control signal SPCS is the charge pump control signal CPS. The first power supply status signal FPSS is the envelope power supply status signal EPSS. The second power supply status signal SPSS is the bias power supply status signal BPSS.
The first frequency oscillator 464 provides a frequency synchronization signal FSS to the second frequency oscillator 466, which uses the frequency synchronization signal FSS to phase-lock the second frequency oscillator 466 to the first frequency oscillator 464. As such, the second frequency oscillator 466 is phase-locked to the first frequency oscillator 464. In this regard, both the first oscillator output signal FOOS and the first clock signal FCLS have the first frequency, and both the second oscillator output signal SOOS and the second clock signal SCLS have the second frequency. In an alternate embodiment of the first frequency oscillator 464, the frequency synchronization signal FSS is the first oscillator output signal FOOS.
In one embodiment of the frequency synthesis circuitry 454, the first buffer 470 is omitted, such that the first oscillator output signal FOOS is the first clock signal FCLS. In this regard, the first frequency oscillator 464 provides the first clock signal FCLS. Further, the first oscillator output signal FOOS has the first frequency. In one embodiment of the frequency synthesis circuitry 454, the second buffer 472 is omitted, such that the second oscillator output signal SOOS is the second clock signal SCLS. In this regard, the second frequency oscillator 466 provides the second clock signal SCLS. Further, the second oscillator output signal SOOS has the second frequency.
In one embodiment of the first frequency oscillator 464, the first frequency oscillator 464 is a programmable frequency oscillator. As such, a frequency of the first oscillator output signal FOOS is programmable by the frequency synthesis control circuitry 468, which provides frequency programming information to the first frequency oscillator 464. The DC-DC control circuitry 90 (
In one embodiment of the second frequency oscillator 466, the second frequency oscillator 466 is a programmable frequency oscillator. As such, a frequency of the second oscillator output signal SOOS is programmable by the frequency synthesis control circuitry 468, which provides frequency programming information to the second frequency oscillator 466. The DC-DC control circuitry 90 (
In one embodiment of the first divider 474, the first divider 474 is a programmable divider, such that a ratio of the first frequency divided by the second frequency is programmable. As such, the frequency synthesis control circuitry 468 provides a first divider control signal FDCS to the first divider 474. The first divider control signal FDCS is indicative of division programming information. The DC-DC control circuitry 90 (
In one embodiment of the second divider 476, the second divider 476 is a programmable divider, such that a ratio of the frequency of the first oscillator output signal FOOS divided by the first frequency is programmable. As such, the frequency synthesis control circuitry 468 further provides a second divider control signal SDCS to the second divider 476. The second divider control signal SDCS is indicative of division programming information. The DC-DC control circuitry 90 (
In one embodiment of the first frequency oscillator 464, the first oscillator output signal FOOS is not a digital signal. Instead, the first oscillator output signal FOOS is a ramping signal, such as a triangle-wave signal or a sawtooth signal, having the first frequency. The clock signal comparator 478 converts the ramping signal into a digital signal, which is fed to the first divider 474. As such, the first clock signal FCLS and the second clock signal SCLS are based on the first oscillator output signal FOOS. Further, the first clock signal FCLS is a ramping signal having the first frequency and the second clock signal SCLS is a digital signal having the second frequency.
A summary of frequency correction of a programmable frequency oscillator by propagation delay compensation is followed by a detailed description of the frequency correction of a programmable frequency oscillator by propagation delay compensation according to one embodiment of the present disclosure. In this regard, the present disclosure relates to a first programmable frequency oscillator, which includes a first ramp comparator and programmable signal generation circuitry. The programmable signal generation circuitry provides a ramping signal, which has a first frequency, based on a desired first frequency. The first ramp comparator receives the ramping signal and provides a first ramp comparator output signal based on the ramping signal. The first ramp comparator output signal is fed back to the programmable signal generation circuitry, such that the ramping signal is based on the desired first frequency and the first ramp comparator output signal. Normally, the first frequency would be about proportional to one or more slopes of the ramping signal. However, the first ramp comparator has a first propagation delay, which introduces a frequency error into the programmable frequency oscillator. As a result, the first frequency is not proportional to the one or more slopes of the ramping signal. In this regard, the programmable signal generation circuitry compensates for the frequency error based on the desired first frequency.
In one embodiment of the programmable signal generation circuitry compensates for the frequency error by adjusting a first comparator reference signal to the first ramp comparator. In an alternate embodiment of the programmable signal generation circuitry, the programmable signal generation circuitry compensates for the frequency error by adjusting at least a first slope of the ramping signal. In one embodiment of the programmable signal generation circuitry, the programmable signal generation circuitry frequency dithers the ramping signal. As such, a desired frequency of the ramping signal changes based on the frequency dithering. As a result, the frequency error of the ramping signal changes as the desired frequency of the ramping signal changes. Therefore, the signal generation circuitry must adjust the compensation for the frequency error in response to the desired frequency changes of the ramping signal.
The first frequency oscillator 464 is a first programmable frequency oscillator. As such, the first ramp comparator 480 and the programmable signal generation circuitry 482 provide the first programmable frequency oscillator. The control circuitry 42 (
The ramping signal RMPS illustrated in
However, the first ramp comparator 480 has a first propagation delay 492. If the first propagation delay 492 was small enough to be negligible, when the ramping signal RMPS reached the first comparator reference signal FCRS, the programmable signal generation circuitry 482 would transitions the ramping signal RMPS from the first slope 484 to the second slope 486. If the first propagation delay 492 is not negligible, the ramping signal RMPS overshoots the first comparator reference signal FCRS. Therefore, the ramping signal RMPS at the left end of the graph has a first actual period 494 instead of the first desired period 488 and the ramping signal RMPS at the right end of the graph has a second actual period 496 instead of the second desired period 490. The ramping signal RMPS at the left end of the graph has a first overshoot 498 and the ramping signal RMPS at the right end of the graph has a second overshoot 500. As such, the ramping signal RMPS at the left end of the graph has a first example slope 502 and the ramping signal RMPS at the right end of the graph has a second example slope 504.
If the first propagation delay 492 was small enough to be negligible, a product of the first desired period 488 times the first example slope 502 would be about equal to a product of the second desired period 490 times the second example slope 504. As such, the first frequency would be about proportional to the first slope 484. However, if the first propagation delay 492 is not negligible, since the first overshoot 498 is not equal to the second overshoot 500, the first frequency is not equal to the first slope 484. As such, the first propagation delay 492 introduces a frequency error into the first frequency oscillator 464 (
In one embodiment of the programmable signal generation circuitry 482 (
Since the first propagation delay 492 (
During the first phase 506 (
The frequency synthesis control circuitry 468 selects the first frequency of the ramping signal RMPS by controlling the charging current to the ramp capacitive element CRM using the first ramp IDAC 510. As such, the frequency synthesis control circuitry 468 adjusts the first comparator reference signal FCRS to compensate for the first propagation delay 492 (
The second ramp comparator 516 has a second propagation delay. The programmable signal generation circuitry 482 further compensates for the second propagation delay based on the desired first frequency. As such, the compensation for the first propagation delay 492 (
During the first phase 506 (
The frequency synthesis control circuitry 468 selects the first frequency of the ramping signal RMPS by controlling the charging current to the ramp capacitive element CRM using the first ramp IDAC 510 and by controlling the discharging current from the ramp capacitive element CRM using the second ramp IDAC 518. As such, the frequency synthesis control circuitry 468 adjusts the first comparator reference signal FCRS to compensate for the first propagation delay 492 (
During frequency dithering, the frequency synthesis control circuitry 468 may need to rapidly change the first ramp IDAC 510 and the second ramp IDAC 518 to switch between the multiple frequencies of the ramping signal RMPS. As such, the frequency synthesis control circuitry 468 may need to rapidly change the first reference DAC 514 and the second reference DAC 520 to switch between the multiple magnitudes of the first comparator reference signal FCRS and the second comparator reference signal SCRS necessary to compensate for the first propagation delay 492 (
A summary of voltage compatible charge pump buck and buck power supplies is followed by a summary of dual inductive element charge pump buck and buck power supplies and a summary of a DC-DC converter using continuous and discontinuous conduction modes. The summaries are followed by a detailed description of the voltage compatible charge pump buck and buck power supplies and the dual inductive element charge pump buck and buck power supplies according to one embodiment of the present disclosure. The present disclosure relates to a flexible DC-DC converter, which includes a charge pump buck power supply and a buck power supply. The charge pump buck power supply and the buck power supply are voltage compatible with one another at respective output inductance nodes to provide flexibility. In one embodiment of the DC-DC converter, capacitances at the output inductance nodes are at least partially isolated from one another by using at least an isolating inductive element between the output inductance nodes to increase efficiency. In an alternate embodiment of the DC-DC converter, the output inductance nodes are coupled to one another, such that the charge pump buck power supply and the buck power supply share a first inductive element, thereby eliminating the isolating inductive element, which reduces size and cost but may also reduce efficiency. In both embodiments, the charge pump buck power supply and the buck power supply share an energy storage element. Specifically, the charge pump buck power supply includes a charge pump buck converter having a first output inductance node, a first inductive element, and the energy storage element, such that the first inductive element is coupled between the first output inductance node and the energy storage element. The buck power supply includes a buck converter having a second output inductance node, and the energy storage element. The buck power supply at the second output inductance node is voltage compatible with the charge pump buck power supply at the first output inductance node to provide flexibility.
Only one of the charge pump buck power supply and the buck power supply is active at any one time. As such, either the charge pump buck power supply or the buck power supply receives and converts a DC power supply signal from a DC power supply to provide a first switching power supply output signal to a load based on a setpoint. In one embodiment of the energy storage element, the energy storage element is a capacitive element. In one embodiment of the DC-DC converter, the buck power supply further includes the first inductive element and a second inductive element, which is coupled between the first output inductance node and the second output inductance node, such that the charge pump buck power supply and the buck power supply further share the first inductive element. In another embodiment of the DC-DC converter, the buck power supply further includes the second inductive element, which is coupled between the second output inductance node and the energy storage element. In an alternate embodiment of the DC-DC converter, the first output inductance node is coupled to the second output inductance node and the buck power supply further includes the first inductive element, such that the charge pump buck power supply and the buck power supply further share the first inductive element.
The charge pump buck converter combines the functionality of a charge pump with the functionality of a buck converter. However, the charge pump buck converter uses fewer switching elements than a separate charge pump and buck converter by using common switching elements for both charge pump and buck converter functionalities. As such, the charge pump buck power supply is capable of providing an output voltage that is greater than a voltage of the DC power supply signal. Conversely, the buck power supply is only capable of providing an output voltage that is about equal to or less than the voltage of the DC power supply signal. However, for the buck power supply to be voltage compatible with the charge pump buck power supply, the buck power supply must not be damaged or function improperly in the presence of a voltage at the second output inductance node that is equivalent to a voltage at the first output inductance node during normal operation of the charge pump buck power supply.
In one embodiment of the DC-DC converter, during a first converter operating mode, the charge pump buck power supply receives and converts the DC power supply signal to provide the first switching power supply output signal, and the buck power supply is disabled. During a second converter operating mode, the buck power supply receives and converts the DC power supply signal to provide the first switching power supply output signal, and the charge pump buck power supply is disabled. The setpoint is based on a desired voltage of the first switching power supply output signal.
In one embodiment of the DC-DC converter, selection of either the first converter operating mode or the second converter operating mode is based on a voltage of the DC power supply signal and the setpoint. The first converter operating mode is selected when the desired voltage of the first switching power supply output signal is greater than the voltage of the DC power supply signal. In one embodiment of the DC-DC converter, selection of either the first converter operating mode or the second converter operating mode is further based on a load current of the load. The second converter operating mode is selected when the desired voltage of the first switching power supply output signal is less than the voltage of the DC power supply signal and the load current is less than a load current threshold.
In a first exemplary embodiment of the DC-DC converter, selection of either the first converter operating mode or the second converter operating mode is further based on maximizing efficiency of the DC-DC converter. In a second exemplary embodiment of the DC-DC converter, selection of either the first converter operating mode or the second converter operating mode is further based on exceeding a minimum acceptable efficiency of the DC-DC converter. In a third exemplary embodiment of the DC-DC converter, selection of either the first converter operating mode or the second converter operating mode is further based on exceeding a desired efficiency of the DC-DC converter. In one embodiment of the DC-DC converter, the DC-DC converter further includes a charge pump, which receives and converts the DC power supply signal to provide a second switching power supply output signal. In one embodiment of the DC-DC converter, the first switching power supply output signal is an envelope power supply signal for a first RF power amplifier (PA) and the second switching power supply output signal is a bias power supply signal used for biasing the first RF PA.
As previously mentioned, in one embodiment of the DC-DC converter, the first output inductance node is coupled to the second output inductance node. During the first converter operating mode, the charge pump buck converter may boost the voltage of the DC power supply signal significantly, such that a voltage at the first and second output inductance nodes may be significantly higher than the voltage of the DC power supply signal. As a result, even though the buck converter is disabled during the first converter operating mode, the buck converter must be able to withstand the boosted voltage at the second output inductance node. In an exemplary embodiment of the DC-DC converter, the voltage at the first and second output inductance nodes is equal to about 11 volts and a breakdown voltage of individual switching elements in the buck converter is equal to about 7 volts.
To withstand boosted voltage at the second output inductance node, in one embodiment of the buck converter, the buck converter includes multiple shunt buck switching elements and multiple series buck switching elements. The shunt buck switching elements are coupled in series between the second output inductance node and a ground, and the series buck switching elements are coupled in series between the DC power supply and the first output inductance node. In one embodiment of the buck converter, the series buck switching elements are configured in a cascode arrangement.
A summary of dual inductive element charge pump buck and buck power supplies is followed by a summary of a DC-DC converter using continuous and discontinuous conduction modes. Next, a detailed description of the dual inductive element charge pump buck and buck power supplies is presented according to one embodiment of the present disclosure. The present disclosure relates to a DC-DC converter, which includes a charge pump buck power supply and a buck power supply. The charge pump buck power supply includes a charge pump buck converter, a first inductive element, and an energy storage element. The charge pump buck converter and the first inductive element are coupled in series between a DC power supply, such as a battery, and the energy storage element. The buck power supply includes a buck converter, a second inductive element, and the energy storage element. The buck converter and the second inductive element are coupled in series between the DC power supply and the energy storage element. As such, the charge pump buck power supply and the buck power supply share the energy storage element. Only one of the charge pump buck power supply and the buck power supply is active at any one time. As such, either the charge pump buck power supply or the buck power supply receives and converts a DC power supply signal from the DC power supply to provide a first switching power supply output signal to a load based on a setpoint. In one embodiment of the energy storage element, the energy storage element is a capacitive element.
The charge pump buck converter combines the functionality of a charge pump with the functionality of a buck converter. However, the charge pump buck converter uses fewer switching elements than a separate charge pump and buck converter by using common switching elements for both charge pump and buck converter functionalities. As such, the charge pump buck power supply is capable of providing an output voltage that is greater than a voltage of the DC power supply signal. Conversely, the buck power supply is only capable of providing an output voltage that is about equal to or less than the voltage of the DC power supply signal. In one embodiment of the DC-DC converter, during a first converter operating mode, the charge pump buck power supply receives and converts the DC power supply signal to provide the first switching power supply output signal, and the buck power supply is disabled. During a second converter operating mode, the buck power supply receives and converts the DC power supply signal to provide the first switching power supply output signal, and the charge pump buck power supply is disabled. The setpoint is based on a desired voltage of the first switching power supply output signal.
In one embodiment of the DC-DC converter, selection of either the first converter operating mode or the second converter operating mode is based on a voltage of the DC power supply signal and the setpoint. The first converter operating mode is selected when the desired voltage of the first switching power supply output signal is greater than the voltage of the DC power supply signal. In one embodiment of the DC-DC converter, selection of either the first converter operating mode or the second converter operating mode is further based on a load current of the load. The second converter operating mode is selected when the desired voltage of the first switching power supply output signal is less than the voltage of the DC power supply signal and the load current is less than a load current threshold.
In a first exemplary embodiment of the DC-DC converter, selection of either the first converter operating mode or the second converter operating mode is further based on maximizing efficiency of the DC-DC converter. In a second exemplary embodiment of the DC-DC converter, selection of either the first converter operating mode or the second converter operating mode is further based on exceeding a minimum acceptable efficiency of the DC-DC converter. In a third exemplary embodiment of the DC-DC converter, selection of either the first converter operating mode or the second converter operating mode is further based on exceeding a desired efficiency of the DC-DC converter. In one embodiment of the DC-DC converter, the DC-DC converter further includes a charge pump, which receives and converts the DC power supply signal to provide a second switching power supply output signal. In one embodiment of the DC-DC converter, the first switching power supply output signal is an envelope power supply signal for a first RF power amplifier (PA) and the second switching power supply output signal is a bias power supply signal used for biasing the first RF PA.
In one embodiment of the DC-DC converter, the charge pump buck converter has a first output inductance node and the buck converter has a second output inductance node. The first inductive element is coupled between the first output inductance node and the energy storage element, and the second inductive element is coupled between the second output inductance node and the energy storage element. The buck converter has a shunt buck switching element coupled between the second output inductance node and a ground, and a series buck switching element coupled between the DC power supply and the second output inductance node.
During the first converter operating mode, the charge pump buck converter may boost the voltage of the DC power supply signal significantly, such that a voltage at the first output inductance node may be significantly higher than the voltage of the DC power supply signal. In an exemplary embodiment of the DC-DC converter, the voltage at the first output inductance node is equal to about 11 volts and a breakdown voltage of individual switching elements in the charge pump buck converter is equal to about 7 volts. To withstand boosted voltage at the first output inductance node, in one embodiment of the charge pump buck converter, the charge pump buck converter includes multiple shunt pump switching elements and multiple series pump switching elements.
A summary of a DC-DC converter using continuous and discontinuous conduction modes is presented followed by a detailed description of the DC-DC converter using continuous and discontinuous conduction modes. As such, the present disclosure relates to circuitry, which includes a DC-DC converter having DC-DC control circuitry and a first switching power supply. The first switching power supply includes switching control circuitry, a first switching converter, an energy storage element, and a first inductive element, which is coupled between the first switching converter and the energy storage element. The first switching power supply receives and converts a DC power supply signal to provide a first switching power supply output signal based on a setpoint. During a continuous conduction mode (CCM), the switching control circuitry allows energy to flow from the energy storage element to the first inductive element. During a discontinuous conduction mode (DCM), the switching control circuitry does not allow energy to flow from the energy storage element to the first inductive element. Selection of either the CCM or the DCM is based on a rate of change of the setpoint.
If an output voltage of the first switching power supply output signal is above the setpoint, then the energy storage element needs to be depleted of some energy to drive the first switching power supply output signal toward the setpoint. During the CCM, two mechanisms operate to deplete the energy storage element. The first mechanism is provided by a load presented to the first switching power supply. The second mechanism is provided by the first switching converter, which allows energy to flow from the energy storage element to the first inductive element. During the DCM, only the first mechanism is allowed to deplete the energy storage element, which may slow the depletion of the energy storage element. As such, efficiency of the first switching power supply may be higher during the DCM than during the CCM. However, during the DCM, if the setpoint drops quickly, particularly during light loading conditions of the first switching power supply, there may be significant lag between the setpoint and the output voltage, thereby causing an output voltage error. Thus, there is a trade-off between minimizing output voltage error, by operating in the CCM, and maximizing efficiency, by operating in the DCM. To balance the trade-off, selection between the CCM and the DCM is based on the rate of change of the setpoint.
In one embodiment of the circuitry, selection between the CCM and the DCM is based only on the rate of change of the setpoint. In an alternate embodiment of the circuitry, selection between the CCM and the DCM is based on the rate of change of the setpoint and loading of the first switching power supply. In a first exemplary embodiment of the circuitry, when a negative rate of change of the setpoint is greater than a first threshold, the CCM is selected and when the negative rate of change of the setpoint is less than a second threshold, the DCM is selected, such that the second threshold is less than the first threshold and a difference between the first threshold and the second threshold provides hysteresis. In a second exemplary embodiment of the circuitry, the first threshold and the second threshold are based on loading of the first switching power supply.
In one embodiment of the first inductive element, the first inductive element has an inductive element current, which is positive when energy flows from the first inductive element to the energy storage element and is negative when energy flows from the energy storage element to the first inductive element. In one embodiment of the energy storage element, the energy storage element is a first capacitive element. In one embodiment of the circuitry, the circuitry includes control circuitry, which provides the setpoint to the DC-DC control circuitry. In one embodiment of the circuitry, the circuitry includes transceiver circuitry, which includes the control circuitry. In one embodiment of the control circuitry, the control circuitry makes the selection between the CCM and the DCM, and provides a DC configuration control signal to the DC-DC control circuitry, such that the DC configuration control signal is based on the selection between the CCM and the DCM. In one embodiment of the DC-DC control circuitry, the DC-DC control circuitry makes the selection between the CCM and the DCM.
In one embodiment of the first switching power supply, the first switching power supply further includes a second switching converter, which receives the DC power supply signal. The first switching power supply may use the first switching converter for heavy loading conditions and the second switching converter for light loading conditions. In one embodiment of the first switching power supply, the first switching converter is a charge pump buck converter and the second switching converter is a buck converter.
In one embodiment of the first switching power supply, the second switching converter is coupled across the first switching converter. As such, the second switching converter shares the first inductive element with the first switching converter. In an alternate embodiment of the first switching power supply, the first switching power supply further includes the second switching converter and a second inductive element, which is coupled between the second switching converter and the energy storage element. During the CCM, the switching control circuitry allows energy to flow from the energy storage element to the second inductive element. During the DCM, the switching control circuitry does not allow energy to flow from the energy storage element to the second inductive element.
In one embodiment of the DC-DC converter, the DC-DC converter further includes a second switching power supply, which receives and converts the DC power supply signal to provide a second switching power supply output signal. In one embodiment of the DC-DC converter, the first switching power supply output signal is an envelope power supply signal for an RF power amplifier (PA) and the second switching power supply output signal is a bias power supply signal, which is used for biasing the RF PA. In one embodiment of the second switching power supply, the second switching power supply is a charge pump.
The first power filtering circuitry 82 includes an energy storage element 530 and third power filtering circuitry 532. In one embodiment of the energy storage element 530, the energy storage element 530 is the first capacitive element C1. The charge pump buck switching circuitry 536 includes the first output inductance node 460 and the buck switching circuitry 538 includes the second output inductance node 462. As such, the charge pump buck converter 84 has the first output inductance node 460 and the buck converter 86 has the second output inductance node 462. In this regard, the charge pump buck power supply 526 includes the charge pump buck converter 84, the first inductive element L1, and the energy storage element 530. The buck power supply 528 includes the buck converter 86, the second inductive element L2, and the energy storage element 530.
The first inductive element L1 is coupled between the first switching converter 456 and the energy storage element 530. The second inductive element L2 is coupled between the second switching converter 458 and the energy storage element 530. Specifically, the first inductive element L1 is coupled between the first output inductance node 460 and the energy storage element 530, and the second inductive element L2 is coupled between the second output inductance node 462 and the energy storage element 530. In this regard, the charge pump buck power supply 526 and the buck power supply 528 share the energy storage element 530. The charge pump buck converter 84 and the first inductive element L1 are coupled in series between the DC power supply 80 (
As previously mentioned, in one embodiment of the first switching power supply 450, during the first converter operating mode, the charge pump buck power supply 526 receives and converts the DC power supply signal DCPS from the DC power supply 80 (
During the first converter operating mode, the first inductive element L1 and the first capacitive element C1 form a lowpass filter, such that the charge pump buck switching circuitry 536 provides the first buck output signal FBO to the lowpass filter, which receives and filters the first buck output signal FBO to provide a filtered first buck output signal to the third power filtering circuitry 532. The third power filtering circuitry 532 receives and filters the filtered first buck output signal to provide the first switching power supply output signal FPSO. During the second converter operating mode, the second inductive element L2 and the first capacitive element C1 form a lowpass filter, such that the buck switching circuitry 538 provides the second buck output signal SBO to the lowpass filter, which receives and filters the second buck output signal SBO to provide a filtered second buck output signal to the third power filtering circuitry 532. The third power filtering circuitry 532 receives and filters the filtered second buck output signal to provide the first switching power supply output signal FPSO.
In one embodiment of the first switching power supply 450, selection of either the first converter operating mode or the second converter operating mode is based on a voltage of the DC power supply signal DCPS and the setpoint. As such, the first converter operating mode is selected when the desired voltage of the first switching power supply output signal FPSO is greater than the voltage of the DC power supply signal DCPS. In an alternate embodiment of the first switching power supply 450, selection of either the first converter operating mode or the second converter operating mode is based on the voltage of the DC power supply signal DCPS, the setpoint, and a load current of the load. As such, the second converter operating mode may be selected when the desired voltage of the first switching power supply output signal FPSO is less than the voltage of the DC power supply signal DCPS and the load current is less than a load current threshold. Selection of either the first converter operating mode or the second converter operating mode may be further based on maximizing efficiency.
In one embodiment of the first switching power supply 450, the control circuitry 42 (
The PWM circuitry 534 receives the setpoint and the first switching power supply output signal FPSO. The PWM circuitry 534 provides a PWM signal PWMS to the charge pump buck switching circuitry 536 and the buck switching circuitry 538 based on a difference between the setpoint and the first switching power supply output signal FPSO. The PWM signal PWMS has a duty-cycle based on the difference between the setpoint and the first switching power supply output signal FPSO. During the first converter operating mode, a duty-cycle of the charge pump buck switching circuitry 536 is based on the duty-cycle of the PWM signal PWMS. During the second converter operating mode, a duty-cycle of the buck switching circuitry 538 is based on the duty-cycle of the PWM signal PWMS. In this regard, during the first converter operating mode, the PWM circuitry 534, the charge pump buck switching circuitry 536, the first inductive element L1, the first capacitive element C1, and the third power filtering circuitry 532 form a control loop to regulate the first switching power supply output signal FPSO based on the setpoint. Similarly, during the second converter operating mode, the PWM circuitry 534, the buck switching circuitry 538, the second inductive element L2, the first capacitive element C1, and the third power filtering circuitry 532 form a control loop to regulate the first switching power supply output signal FPSO based on the setpoint.
In one embodiment of the charge pump buck power supply 526 and the buck power supply 528, the buck power supply 528 at the second output inductance node 462 is voltage compatible with the charge pump buck power supply 526 at the first output inductance node 460. Such voltage compatibility between the charge pump buck power supply 526 and the buck power supply 528 provides flexibility and may allow the charge pump buck converter 84 and the buck converter 86 to be used in different configurations. One example of a different configuration is the elimination of the second inductive element L2, such that the first output inductance node 460 is directly coupled to the second output inductance node 462.
As previously mentioned, the first switching power supply 450 receives and converts the DC power supply signal DCPS to provide the first switching power supply output signal FPSO based on the setpoint. The first switching power supply 450 includes the first switching converter 456, the first inductive element L1, the energy storage element 530, and switching control circuitry. A portion of charge pump buck switching control circuitry 540 (
The first inductive element L1 has a first inductive element current IL1, which is positive when energy flows from the first inductive element L1 to the energy storage element 530, and is negative when energy flows from the energy storage element 530 to the first inductive element L1. In one embodiment of the DC-DC converter 32 (
In one embodiment of the DC-DC converter 32 (
A summary of parallel charge pump buck and buck power supplies is followed by a summary of shared shunt switching element charge pump buck and buck power supplies. Then, a detailed description of the parallel charge pump buck and buck power supplies is presented according to one embodiment of the present disclosure. The present disclosure relates to a DC-DC converter, which includes a charge pump buck power supply coupled in parallel with a buck power supply. The charge pump buck power supply includes a charge pump buck converter, a first inductive element, and an energy storage element. The charge pump buck converter and the first inductive element are coupled in series between a DC power supply, such as a battery, and the energy storage element. The buck power supply includes a buck converter, the first inductive element, and the energy storage element. The buck converter is coupled across the charge pump buck converter. As such, the charge pump buck power supply and the buck power supply share the first inductive element and the energy storage element. Only one of the charge pump buck power supply and the buck power supply is active at any one time. As such, either the charge pump buck power supply or the buck power supply receives and converts a DC power supply signal from the DC power supply to provide a first switching power supply output signal to a load based on a setpoint. In one embodiment of the energy storage element, the energy storage element is a capacitive element.
The charge pump buck converter combines the functionality of a charge pump with the functionality of a buck converter. However, the charge pump buck converter uses fewer switching elements than a separate charge pump and buck converter by using common switching elements for both charge pump and buck converter functionalities. As such, the charge pump buck power supply is capable of providing an output voltage that is greater than a voltage of the DC power supply signal. Conversely, the buck power supply is only capable of providing an output voltage that is about equal to or less than the voltage of the DC power supply signal. In one embodiment of the DC-DC converter, during a first converter operating mode, the charge pump buck power supply receives and converts the DC power supply signal to provide the first switching power supply output signal, and the buck power supply is disabled. During a second converter operating mode, the buck power supply receives and converts the DC power supply signal to provide the first switching power supply output signal, and the charge pump buck power supply is disabled. The setpoint is based on a desired voltage of the first switching power supply output signal.
In one embodiment of the DC-DC converter, selection of either the first converter operating mode or the second converter operating mode is based on a voltage of the DC power supply signal and the setpoint. The first converter operating mode is selected when the desired voltage of the first switching power supply output signal is greater than the voltage of the DC power supply signal. In one embodiment of the DC-DC converter, selection of either the first converter operating mode or the second converter operating mode is further based on a load current of the load. The second converter operating mode is selected when the desired voltage of the first switching power supply output signal is less than the voltage of the DC power supply signal and the load current is less than a load current threshold.
In a first exemplary embodiment of the DC-DC converter, selection of either the first converter operating mode or the second converter operating mode is further based on maximizing efficiency of the DC-DC converter. In a second exemplary embodiment of the DC-DC converter, selection of either the first converter operating mode or the second converter operating mode is further based on exceeding a minimum acceptable efficiency of the DC-DC converter. In a third exemplary embodiment of the DC-DC converter, selection of either the first converter operating mode or the second converter operating mode is further based on exceeding a desired efficiency of the DC-DC converter. In one embodiment of the DC-DC converter, the DC-DC converter further includes a charge pump, which receives and converts the DC power supply signal to provide a second switching power supply output signal. In one embodiment of the DC-DC converter, the first switching power supply output signal is an envelope power supply signal for a first RF power amplifier (PA) and the second switching power supply output signal is a bias power supply signal used for biasing the first RF PA.
In one embodiment the DC-DC converter, the charge pump buck converter has a first output inductance node and the buck converter has a second output inductance node, which is coupled to the first output inductance node. The first inductive element is coupled between the first output inductance node and the energy storage element. During the first converter operating mode, the charge pump buck converter may boost the voltage of the DC power supply signal significantly, such that a voltage at the second output inductance node may be significantly higher than the voltage of the DC power supply signal. As a result, even though the buck converter is disabled during the first converter operating mode, the buck converter must be able to withstand the boosted voltage at the second output inductance node. In an exemplary embodiment of the DC-DC converter, the voltage at the second output inductance node is equal to about 11 volts and a breakdown voltage of individual switching elements in the buck converter is equal to about 7 volts.
To withstand boosted voltage at the second output inductance node, in one embodiment of the buck converter, the buck converter includes multiple shunt buck switching elements and multiple series buck switching elements. The shunt buck switching elements are coupled in series between the second output inductance node and a ground, and the series buck switching elements are coupled in series between the DC power supply and the second output inductance node. In one embodiment of the buck converter, the series buck switching elements are configured in a cascode arrangement. In an exemplary embodiment of the buck converter, the buck converter includes two shunt buck switching elements coupled in series between the second output inductance node and the ground, and the buck converter includes two series buck switching elements coupled in series between the DC power supply and the second output inductance node.
A summary of shared shunt switching element charge pump buck and buck power supplies is followed by a detailed description of the shared shunt switching element charge pump buck and buck power supplies according to one embodiment of the present disclosure. The present disclosure relates to a DC-DC converter, which includes a charge pump buck power supply and a buck power supply. The charge pump buck power supply includes a first output inductance node, a first inductive element, an energy storage element, and at least a first shunt pump buck switching element. The first inductive element is coupled between the first output inductance node and the energy storage element. The first shunt pump buck switching element is coupled between the first output inductance node and a ground. The buck power supply includes a second output inductance node, the first inductive element, the energy storage element, and the first shunt pump buck switching element. As such, the charge pump buck power supply and the buck power supply share the first inductive element, the energy storage element, and the first shunt pump buck switching element. Only one of the charge pump buck power supply and the buck power supply is active at any one time. As such, either the charge pump buck power supply or the buck power supply receives and converts a DC power supply signal from a DC power supply to provide a first switching power supply output signal to a load based on a setpoint. In one embodiment of the energy storage element, the energy storage element is a capacitive element.
The charge pump buck power supply combines the functionality of a charge pump with the functionality of a buck converter. However, the charge pump buck power supply uses fewer switching elements than a separate charge pump and buck converter by using common switching elements for both charge pump and buck converter functionalities. As such, the charge pump buck power supply is capable of providing an output voltage that is greater than a voltage of the DC power supply signal. Conversely, the buck power supply is only capable of providing an output voltage that is about equal to or less than the voltage of the DC power supply signal. In one embodiment of the DC-DC converter, during a first converter operating mode, the charge pump buck power supply receives and converts the DC power supply signal to provide the first switching power supply output signal, and the buck power supply is disabled. During a second converter operating mode, the buck power supply receives and converts the DC power supply signal to provide the first switching power supply output signal, and the charge pump buck power supply is disabled. The setpoint is based on a desired voltage of the first switching power supply output signal.
In one embodiment of the DC-DC converter, selection of either the first converter operating mode or the second converter operating mode is based on a voltage of the DC power supply signal and the setpoint. The first converter operating mode is selected when the desired voltage of the first switching power supply output signal is greater than the voltage of the DC power supply signal. In one embodiment of the DC-DC converter, selection of either the first converter operating mode or the second converter operating mode is further based on a load current of the load. The second converter operating mode is selected when the desired voltage of the first switching power supply output signal is less than the voltage of the DC power supply signal and the load current is less than a load current threshold.
In a first exemplary embodiment of the DC-DC converter, selection of either the first converter operating mode or the second converter operating mode is further based on maximizing efficiency of the DC-DC converter. In a second exemplary embodiment of the DC-DC converter, selection of either the first converter operating mode or the second converter operating mode is further based on exceeding a minimum acceptable efficiency of the DC-DC converter. In a third exemplary embodiment of the DC-DC converter, selection of either the first converter operating mode or the second converter operating mode is further based on exceeding a desired efficiency of the DC-DC converter. In one embodiment of the DC-DC converter, the DC-DC converter further includes a charge pump, which receives and converts the DC power supply signal to provide a second switching power supply output signal. In one embodiment of the DC-DC converter, the first switching power supply output signal is an envelope power supply signal for a first RF power amplifier (PA) and the second switching power supply output signal is a bias power supply signal used for biasing the first RF PA.
During the first converter operating mode, the charge pump buck power supply may boost the voltage of the DC power supply signal significantly, such that a voltage at the first output inductance node may be significantly higher than the voltage of the DC power supply signal. As a result, even though the buck power supply is disabled during the first converter operating mode, the buck power supply must be able to withstand the boosted voltage at the second output inductance node. In an exemplary embodiment of the DC-DC converter, the voltage at the second output inductance node is equal to about 11 volts and a breakdown voltage of individual switching elements in the buck power supply is equal to about 7 volts.
The first power filtering circuitry 82 includes the energy storage element 530 and the third power filtering circuitry 532. In one embodiment of the energy storage element 530, the energy storage element 530 is the first capacitive element C1. The charge pump buck switching circuitry 536 includes the first output inductance node 460 and the buck switching circuitry 538 includes the second output inductance node 462. The first output inductance node 460 is coupled to the second output inductance node 462. As such, the charge pump buck converter 84 has the first output inductance node 460 and the buck converter 86 has the second output inductance node 462. In this regard, the charge pump buck power supply 526 includes the charge pump buck converter 84, the first inductive element L1, and the energy storage element 530. The buck power supply 528 includes the buck converter 86, the first inductive element L1, and the energy storage element 530. As such, the charge pump buck power supply 526 and the buck power supply 528 share the first inductive element L1 and the energy storage element 530.
The first inductive element L1 is coupled between the first output inductance node 460 and the energy storage element 530. Further, the first inductive element L1 is coupled between the second output inductance node 462 and the energy storage element 530. The charge pump buck converter 84 and the first inductive element L1 are coupled in series between the DC power supply 80 (
As previously mentioned, in one embodiment of the first switching power supply 450, during the first converter operating mode, the charge pump buck power supply 526 receives and converts the DC power supply signal DCPS from the DC power supply 80 (
During the first converter operating mode, the first inductive element L1 and the first capacitive element C1 form a lowpass filter, such that the charge pump buck switching circuitry 536 provides the first buck output signal FBO to the lowpass filter, which receives and filters the first buck output signal FBO to provide a filtered first buck output signal to the third power filtering circuitry 532. The third power filtering circuitry 532 receives and filters the filtered first buck output signal to provide the first switching power supply output signal FPSO. During the second converter operating mode, the first inductive element L1 and the first capacitive element C1 form the lowpass filter, such that the buck switching circuitry 538 provides the second buck output signal SBO to the lowpass filter, which receives and filters the second buck output signal SBO to provide a filtered second buck output signal to the third power filtering circuitry 532. The third power filtering circuitry 532 receives and filters the filtered second buck output signal to provide the first switching power supply output signal FPSO.
In one embodiment of the first switching power supply 450, selection of either the first converter operating mode or the second converter operating mode is based on a voltage of the DC power supply signal DCPS and the setpoint. As such, the first converter operating mode is selected when the desired voltage of the first switching power supply output signal FPSO is greater than the voltage of the DC power supply signal DCPS. In an alternate embodiment of the first switching power supply 450, selection of either the first converter operating mode or the second converter operating mode is based on the voltage of the DC power supply signal DCPS, the setpoint, and a load current of the load. As such, the second converter operating mode may be selected when the desired voltage of the first switching power supply output signal FPSO is less than the voltage of the DC power supply signal DCPS and the load current is less than a load current threshold. Selection of either the first converter operating mode or the second converter operating mode may be further based on maximizing efficiency.
In one embodiment of the first switching power supply 450, the control circuitry 42 (
The PWM circuitry 534 receives the setpoint and the first switching power supply output signal FPSO. The PWM circuitry 534 provides the PWM signal PWMS to the charge pump buck switching circuitry 536 and the buck switching circuitry 538 based on a difference between the setpoint and the first switching power supply output signal FPSO. The PWM signal PWMS has a duty-cycle based on the difference between the setpoint and the first switching power supply output signal FPSO. During the first converter operating mode, a duty-cycle of the charge pump buck switching circuitry 536 is based on the duty-cycle of the PWM signal PWMS. During the second converter operating mode, a duty-cycle of the buck switching circuitry 538 is based on the duty-cycle of the PWM signal PWMS. In this regard, during the first converter operating mode, the PWM circuitry 534, the charge pump buck switching circuitry 536, the first inductive element L1, the first capacitive element C1, and the third power filtering circuitry 532 form a control loop to regulate the first switching power supply output signal FPSO based on the setpoint. Similarly, during the second converter operating mode, the PWM circuitry 534, the buck switching circuitry 538, the first inductive element L1, the first capacitive element C1, and the third power filtering circuitry 532 form a control loop to regulate the first switching power supply output signal FPSO based on the setpoint.
A summary of DC-DC converter semiconductor die locations is followed by a summary of a DC-DC converter die structure. Then, a detailed description of the DC-DC converter semiconductor die locations is presented according to one embodiment of the present disclosure. The present disclosure relates to a DC-DC converter having a DC-DC converter semiconductor die, an alpha flying capacitive element, and a beta flying capacitive element. The DC-DC converter semiconductor die has a centerline axis, a pair of alpha flying capacitor connection nodes, and a pair of beta flying capacitor connection nodes. The pair of alpha flying capacitor connection nodes is located approximately symmetrical to the pair of beta flying capacitor connection nodes about the centerline axis. The alpha flying capacitive element is electrically coupled between the pair of alpha flying capacitor connection nodes. The beta flying capacitive element is electrically coupled between the pair of beta flying capacitor connection nodes. By locating the pair of alpha flying capacitor connection nodes approximately symmetrical to the pair of beta flying capacitor connection nodes, the alpha flying capacitive element may be located close to the pair of alpha flying capacitor connection nodes and the beta flying capacitive element may be located close to the pair of beta flying capacitor connection nodes. As such, lengths of transient current paths may be minimized, thereby reducing noise and potential interference.
A summary of a DC-DC converter semiconductor die structure is followed by a detailed description of the DC-DC converter semiconductor die structure according to one embodiment of the present disclosure. The present disclosure relates to a DC-DC converter having a DC-DC converter semiconductor die and an alpha flying capacitive element. The DC-DC converter semiconductor die includes a first series alpha switching element, a second series alpha switching element, a first alpha flying capacitor connection node, which is about over the second series alpha switching element, and a second alpha flying capacitor connection node, which is about over the first series alpha switching element. The alpha flying capacitive element is electrically coupled between the first alpha flying capacitor connection node and the second alpha flying capacitor connection node. By locating the first alpha flying capacitor connection node and the second alpha flying capacitor connection node about over the second series alpha switching element and the first series alpha switching element, respectively, lengths of transient current paths may be minimized, thereby reducing noise and potential interference.
The buck switching circuitry 538 includes buck switching control circuitry 544 and a buck switch circuit 546. The buck switch circuit 546 includes a first portion 548 of a DC-DC converter semiconductor die 550. The first portion 548 of the DC-DC converter semiconductor die 550 includes a beta inductive element connection node 552, a first shunt buck switching element 554, a second shunt buck switching element 556, a first series buck switching element 558, and a second series buck switching element 560. The buck switch circuit 546 has the second output inductance node 462. The first shunt buck switching element 554, the second shunt buck switching element 556, the first series buck switching element 558, and the second series buck switching element 560 are coupled in series between the DC power supply 80 (
In one embodiment of the buck switch circuit 546, the first shunt buck switching element 554 is an NMOS transistor element, the second shunt buck switching element 556 is an NMOS transistor element, the first series buck switching element 558 is a PMOS transistor element, and the second series buck switching element 560 is a PMOS transistor element. A source of the second series buck switching element 560 is coupled to the DC power supply 80 (
During the second converter operating mode, the buck switching control circuitry 544 receives the PWM signal PWMS and provides a first shunt buck control signal BN1, a second shunt buck control signal BN2, and a first series buck control signal BS1 based on the PWM signal PWMS. A gate of the first shunt buck switching element 554 receives the first shunt buck control signal BN1. A gate of the second shunt buck switching element 556 receives the second shunt buck control signal BN2. A gate of the first series buck switching element 558 receives the first series buck control signal BS1. As such, the first shunt buck switching element 554, the second shunt buck switching element 556, the first series buck switching element 558, and the second series buck switching element 560 provide the second buck output signal SBO via the beta inductive element connection node 552 and the second output inductance node 462 based on the first shunt buck control signal BN1, the second shunt buck control signal BN2, and the first series buck control signal BS1.
During the second converter operating mode, the PWM signal PWMS has a series phase 602 (
For the buck power supply 528 (
In general, the buck converter 86 (
The second portion 562 of the DC-DC converter semiconductor die 550 (
When the second series alpha switching element 598 is ON, the second series alpha switching element 598 has a series alpha current ISA. When the second series beta switching element 600 is ON, the second series beta switching element 600 has a series beta current ISB. A first alpha sample signal SSA1 and a second alpha sample signal SSA2 are used for measuring a voltage across the second series alpha switching element 598. A first beta sample signal SSB1 and a second beta sample signal SSB2 are used for measuring a voltage across the second series beta switching element 600.
In one embodiment of the charge pump buck switch circuit 542, the first shunt pump buck switching element 582 is an NMOS transistor element, the second shunt pump buck switching element 584 is an NMOS transistor element, the first alpha charging switching element 586 is an NMOS transistor element, the first beta charging switching element 588 is an NMOS transistor element, the second alpha charging switching element 590 is an NMOS transistor element, and the second beta charging switching element 592 is an NMOS transistor element. Further, the first series alpha switching element 594 is a PMOS transistor element, the first series beta switching element 596 is a PMOS transistor element, the second series alpha switching element 598 is a PMOS transistor element, and the second series beta switching element 600 is a PMOS transistor element.
A source of the first shunt pump buck switching element 582 is coupled to a ground. A drain of the first shunt pump buck switching element 582 is coupled to a source of the second shunt pump buck switching element 584. A drain of the second shunt pump buck switching element 584 is coupled to the alpha inductive element connection node 564. A source of the first alpha charging switching element 586 is coupled to the alpha ground connection node 578 and to the ground. A drain of the first alpha charging switching element 586 is coupled to a first terminal of the first series alpha switching element 594 and to the second alpha flying capacitor connection node 568. A second terminal of the first series alpha switching element 594 is coupled to a first terminal of the second alpha charging switching element 590 and to the alpha decoupling connection node 574. A second terminal of the second alpha charging switching element 590 is coupled to a first terminal of the second series alpha switching element 598, to a gate of the second beta charging switching element 592, to a gate of the second series beta switching element 600, and to the first alpha flying capacitor connection node 566. A second terminal of the second series alpha switching element 598 is coupled to a second terminal of the second series beta switching element 600, and to the alpha inductive element connection node 564.
A source of the first beta charging switching element 588 is coupled to the beta ground connection node 580 and to the ground. A drain of the first beta charging switching element 588 is coupled to a first terminal of the first series beta switching element 596 and to the second beta flying capacitor connection node 572. A second terminal of the first series beta switching element 596 is coupled to a first terminal of the second beta charging switching element 592 and to the beta decoupling connection node 576. A second terminal of the second beta charging switching element 592 is coupled to a first terminal of the second series beta switching element 600, to a gate of the second alpha charging switching element 590, to a gate of the second series alpha switching element 598, and to the first beta flying capacitor connection node 570. A body of the second series alpha switching element 598 is coupled to a CMOS well CWELL. A body of the second series beta switching element 600 is coupled to the CMOS well CWELL.
A gate of the first shunt pump buck switching element 582 receives the first shunt pump buck control signal PBN1. A gate of the second shunt pump buck switching element 584 receives the second shunt pump buck control signal PBN2. A gate of the first alpha charging switching element 586 receives the alpha charging control signal ACCS. A gate of the first beta charging switching element 588 receives the beta charging control signal BCCS. A gate of the first series alpha switching element 594 receives the alpha discharging control signal ADCS. A gate of the first series beta switching element 596 receives the beta discharging control signal BDCS.
A first end of the alpha flying capacitive element CAF is coupled to the second alpha flying capacitor connection node 568. A second end of the alpha flying capacitive element CAF is coupled to the first alpha flying capacitor connection node 566. A first end of the beta flying capacitive element CBF is coupled to the second beta flying capacitor connection node 572. A second end of the beta flying capacitive element CBF is coupled to the first beta flying capacitor connection node 570. A first end of the alpha decoupling capacitive element CAD is coupled to the alpha decoupling connection node 574 and to an output from the DC power supply 80. A first end of the beta decoupling capacitive element CBD is coupled to the beta decoupling connection node 576 and to the output from the DC power supply 80. A second end of the alpha decoupling capacitive element CAD is coupled to the alpha ground connection node 578 and to a ground of the DC power supply 80. A second end of the beta decoupling capacitive element CBD is coupled to the beta ground connection node 580 and to the ground of the DC power supply 80.
The alpha decoupling capacitive element CAD may be tightly coupled to the alpha decoupling connection node 574 and to the alpha ground connection node 578 to maximize decoupling and to minimize the length of transient current paths. The beta decoupling capacitive element CBD may be tightly coupled to the beta decoupling connection node 576 and the beta ground connection node 580 to maximize decoupling and to minimize the length of transient current paths. The alpha flying capacitive element CAF may be tightly coupled to the first alpha flying capacitor connection node 566 and to the second alpha flying capacitor connection node 568 to minimize the length of transient current paths. The beta flying capacitive element CBF may be tightly coupled to the first beta flying capacitor connection node 570 and to the second beta flying capacitor connection node 572 to minimize the length of transient current paths.
During the first converter operating mode, the PWM signal PWMS has an alpha series phase 606 (
In this regard, during the alpha series phase 606 (
During the alpha shunt phase 608 (
During the beta series phase 610 (
During the beta shunt phase 612 (
In general, the charge pump buck converter 84 (
As such, the charge pump buck power supply 526 (
In general, the charge pump buck power supply 526 (
The DC-DC converter semiconductor die 550 has a centerline axis 622 and a first end 624. Further, the DC-DC converter semiconductor die 550 includes a first row 626, a second row 628, and a third row 630. The first row 626 has a first alpha end 632 and a first beta end 634. The second row 628 has a second alpha end 636 and a second beta end 638. The third row 630 has a third alpha end 640 and a third beta end 642. The first row 626 is adjacent to the first end 624 of the DC-DC converter semiconductor die 550. The second row 628 adjacent to the first row 626. The third row 630 is adjacent to the second row 628. The first alpha end 632 is adjacent to the second alpha end 636. The third alpha end 640 is adjacent to the second alpha end 636. The first beta end 634 is adjacent to the second beta end 638. The third beta end 642 is adjacent to the second beta end 638.
The first row 626 includes the second series alpha switching element 598 and the second series beta switching element 600. The second series alpha switching element 598 is adjacent to the first alpha end 632. The second series beta switching element 600 is adjacent to the first beta end 634. The second row 628 includes the second alpha charging switching element 590 and the second beta charging switching element 592. The second alpha charging switching element 590 is adjacent to the second alpha end 636. The second beta charging switching element 592 is adjacent to the second beta end 638. The third row 630 includes the first series alpha switching element 594, the first alpha charging switching element 586, the first beta charging switching element 588, and the first series beta switching element 596.
The first series alpha switching element 594 is adjacent to the third alpha end 640. The first alpha charging switching element 586 is adjacent to the first series alpha switching element 594. The first beta charging switching element 588 is adjacent to the first alpha charging switching element 586. The first series beta switching element 596 is adjacent to the first beta charging switching element 588. The first series beta switching element 596 is adjacent to the third beta end 642. In this regard, the second alpha charging switching element 590 is adjacent to the second series alpha switching element 598. The first series alpha switching element 594 is adjacent to the second alpha charging switching element 590. The second beta charging switching element 592 is adjacent to the second series beta switching element 600. The first series beta switching element 596 is adjacent to the second beta charging switching element 592. As such, the second alpha charging switching element 590 is between the first series alpha switching element 594 and the second series alpha switching element 598. The second beta charging switching element 592 is between the first series beta switching element 596 and the second series beta switching element 600.
The first alpha flying capacitor connection node 566 is about over the second series alpha switching element 598 (
The first row 626 includes the first alpha flying capacitor connection node 566, the first beta flying capacitor connection node 570, the alpha inductive element connection node 564, and the beta inductive element connection node 552. The second row 628 includes the alpha decoupling connection node 574, the beta decoupling connection node 576, the alpha ground connection node 578, and the beta ground connection node 580. The third row 630 includes the second alpha flying capacitor connection node 568 and the second beta flying capacitor connection node 572.
The first alpha flying capacitor connection node 566 is adjacent to the first alpha end 632. The alpha inductive element connection node 564 is adjacent to the first alpha flying capacitor connection node 566. The beta inductive element connection node 552 is adjacent to the alpha inductive element connection node 564. The first beta flying capacitor connection node 570 is adjacent to the beta inductive element connection node 552. The first beta flying capacitor connection node 570 is adjacent to the first beta end 634.
The alpha decoupling connection node 574 is adjacent to the second alpha end 636. The alpha ground connection node 578 is adjacent to the alpha decoupling connection node 574. The beta ground connection node 580 is adjacent to the alpha ground connection node 578. The beta decoupling connection node 576 is adjacent to the beta ground connection node 580. The beta decoupling connection node 576 is adjacent to the second beta end 638. The second alpha flying capacitor connection node 568 is adjacent to the third alpha end 640. The second beta flying capacitor connection node 572 is adjacent to the third beta end 642.
The first alpha flying capacitor connection node 566 and the second alpha flying capacitor connection node 568 form a pair of alpha flying capacitor connection nodes. The first beta flying capacitor connection node 570 and the second beta flying capacitor connection node 572 form a pair of beta flying capacitor connection nodes. The pair of alpha flying capacitor connection nodes is located approximately symmetrical to the pair of beta flying capacitor connection nodes about the centerline axis 622. The alpha decoupling connection node 574 is located approximately symmetrical to the beta decoupling connection node 576 about the centerline axis 622. At least the alpha ground connection node 578 and the beta ground connection node 580 form a group of ground connection nodes, which is located between the pair of alpha flying capacitor connection nodes and the pair of beta flying capacitor connection nodes. At least the alpha inductive element connection node 564 is located between the pair of alpha flying capacitor connection nodes and the pair of beta flying capacitor connection nodes. The alpha inductive element connection node 564 and the beta inductive element connection node 552 are located between the pair of alpha flying capacitor connection nodes and the pair of beta flying capacitor connection nodes. Further, the alpha ground connection node 578 and the beta ground connection node 580 are located between the pair of alpha flying capacitor connection nodes and the pair of beta flying capacitor connection nodes. In general, the DC-DC converter semiconductor die 550 has a group of ground connection nodes located between the pair of alpha flying capacitor connection nodes and the pair of beta flying capacitor connection nodes.
The first terminal of the first series alpha switching element 594 is electrically coupled to the second alpha flying capacitor connection node 568. The first terminal of the second series alpha switching element 598 is electrically coupled to the first alpha flying capacitor connection node 566. A first terminal of the first series beta switching element 596 is electrically coupled to the second beta flying capacitor connection node 572. A first terminal of the second series beta switching element 600 is electrically coupled to the first beta flying capacitor connection node 570.
The alpha flying capacitive element CAF is located approximately symmetrical to the beta flying capacitive element CBF about the centerline axis 622. The alpha flying capacitive element CAF is electrically coupled between the first alpha flying capacitor connection node 566 and the second alpha flying capacitor connection node 568 via interconnects 654. In general, the alpha flying capacitive element CAF is electrically coupled between the pair of alpha flying capacitor connection nodes. The interconnects 654 may be bonding wires, laminate traces, printed wiring board (PWB) traces, the like, or any combination thereof. The beta flying capacitive element CBF is electrically coupled between the first beta flying capacitor connection node 570 and the second beta flying capacitor connection node 572 via interconnects 654. In general, the beta flying capacitive element CBF is electrically coupled between the pair of beta flying capacitor connection nodes. By locating the pair of alpha flying capacitor connection nodes approximately symmetrical to the pair of beta flying capacitor connection nodes, the alpha flying capacitive element CAF may be located close to the pair of alpha flying capacitor connection nodes and the beta flying capacitive element CBF may be located close to the pair of beta flying capacitor connection nodes. As such, lengths of transient current paths may be minimized, thereby reducing noise and potential interference.
The first end of the alpha decoupling capacitive element CAD is electrically coupled to the alpha decoupling connection node 574 via one of the interconnects 654. The first end of the beta decoupling capacitive element CBD is electrically coupled to the beta decoupling connection node 576 via one of the interconnects 654. The alpha decoupling capacitive element CAD is located approximately symmetrical to the beta decoupling capacitive element CBD about the centerline axis 622. The alpha decoupling capacitive element CAD is adjacent to the DC-DC converter semiconductor die 550 and the alpha decoupling capacitive element CAD is adjacent to the alpha flying capacitive element CAF. The beta decoupling capacitive element CBD is adjacent to the DC-DC converter semiconductor die 550 and the beta decoupling capacitive element CBD is adjacent to the beta flying capacitive element CBF.
By locating the alpha decoupling capacitive element CAD approximately symmetrical to the beta decoupling capacitive element CBD, by locating the alpha decoupling capacitive element CAD adjacent to the alpha flying capacitive element CAF and adjacent to the DC-DC converter semiconductor die 550, and by locating the beta decoupling capacitive element CBD adjacent to the beta flying capacitive element CBF and adjacent to the DC-DC converter semiconductor die 550, decoupling may be maximized and the lengths of transient current paths may be minimized, thereby reducing noise and potential interference.
The first end of the alpha decoupling capacitive element CAD is electrically coupled to the DC power supply 80 (
The first inductive element L1 is adjacent to the DC-DC converter semiconductor die 550. Specifically, a first end of the first inductive element L1 is adjacent to the alpha inductive element connection node 564. The first end of the first inductive element L1 is electrically coupled to the beta inductive element connection node 552 and to the alpha inductive element connection node 564 via interconnects 654. A second end of the first inductive element L1 is electrically coupled to the first capacitive element C1 via one of the interconnects 654.
A summary of a snubber for a DC-DC converter is presented, followed by a detailed description of the snubber for the DC-DC converter.
The present disclosure relates to circuitry, which may include a DC-DC converter having a first switching power supply. The first switching power supply includes a first switching converter, an energy storage element, a first inductive element, which is coupled between the first switching converter and the energy storage element, and a first snubber circuit, which is coupled across the first inductive element. The first switching power supply receives and converts a DC power supply signal to provide a first switching power supply output signal based on a setpoint.
In one embodiment of the DC-DC converter, the DC-DC converter further includes DC-DC control circuitry and the first switching power supply further includes switching control circuitry. The DC-DC control circuitry provides indication of a selection of either a continuous conduction mode (CCM) or a discontinuous conduction mode (DCM) to the first switching power supply. During the CCM, the switching control circuitry allows energy to flow from the energy storage element to the first inductive element. During the DCM, the switching control circuitry does not allow energy to flow from the energy storage element to the first inductive element.
Selection of either the CCM or the DCM may be based on a rate of change of the setpoint. If an output voltage of the first switching power supply output signal is above the setpoint, then the energy storage element needs to be depleted of some energy to drive the first switching power supply output signal toward the setpoint. During the CCM, two mechanisms operate to deplete the energy storage element. The first mechanism is provided by a load presented to the first switching power supply. The second mechanism is provided by the first switching converter, which allows energy to flow from the energy storage element to the first inductive element. During the DCM, only the first mechanism is allowed to deplete the energy storage element, which may slow depletion of the energy storage element. As such, efficiency of the first switching power supply may be higher during the DCM than during the CCM. However, during the DCM, if the setpoint drops quickly, particularly during light loading conditions of the first switching power supply, there may be significant lag between the setpoint and the output voltage, thereby causing an output voltage error. Thus, there is a trade-off between minimizing output voltage error, by operating in the CCM, and maximizing efficiency, by operating in the DCM. To balance the trade-off, selection between the CCM and the DCM is based on the rate of change of the setpoint.
In one embodiment of the circuitry, during the CCM, the first snubber circuit is in an OPEN state, and during the DCM, when a first inductive element current of the first inductive element reaches about zero from previously being positive, the first snubber circuit transitions from the OPEN state to a CLOSED state. As such, the first snubber circuit essentially shorts out the first inductive element, such that ringing at a first output inductance node of the first switching converter is substantially reduced or eliminated, thereby reducing noise in the circuitry.
In one embodiment of the circuitry, selection between the CCM and the DCM is based only on the rate of change of the setpoint. In an alternate embodiment of the circuitry, selection between the CCM and the DCM is based on the rate of change of the setpoint and loading of the first switching power supply. In a first exemplary embodiment of the circuitry, when a negative rate of change of the setpoint is greater than a first threshold, the CCM is selected and when the negative rate of change of the setpoint is less than a second threshold, the DCM is selected, such that the second threshold is less than the first threshold and a difference between the first threshold and the second threshold provides hysteresis. In a second exemplary embodiment of the circuitry, the first threshold and the second threshold are based on loading of the first switching power supply.
In one embodiment of the first inductive element, the first inductive element has the first inductive element current, which is positive when energy flows from the first inductive element to the energy storage element and is negative when energy flows from the energy storage element to the first inductive element. In one embodiment of the energy storage element, the energy storage element is a first capacitive element. In one embodiment of the circuitry, the circuitry includes control circuitry, which provides the setpoint to the DC-DC control circuitry. In one embodiment of the circuitry, the circuitry includes transceiver circuitry, which includes the control circuitry. In one embodiment of the control circuitry, the control circuitry makes the selection between the CCM and the DCM, and provides a DC configuration control signal to the DC-DC control circuitry, such that the DC configuration control signal is based on the selection between the CCM and the DCM. In one embodiment of the DC-DC control circuitry, the DC-DC control circuitry makes the selection between the CCM and the DCM.
In one embodiment of the first switching power supply, the first switching power supply further includes a second switching converter, which receives the DC power supply signal. The first switching power supply may use the first switching converter for heavy loading conditions and the second switching converter for light loading conditions. In one embodiment of the first switching power supply, the first switching converter is a charge pump buck converter and the second switching converter is a buck converter.
In one embodiment of the first switching power supply, the second switching converter is coupled across the first switching converter. As such, the second switching converter shares the first inductive element with the first switching converter. In an alternate embodiment of the first switching power supply, the first switching power supply further includes the second switching converter and a second inductive element, which is coupled between the second switching converter and the energy storage element. During the CCM, the switching control circuitry allows energy to flow from the energy storage element to the second inductive element. During the DCM, the switching control circuitry does not allow energy to flow from the energy storage element to the second inductive element.
In one embodiment of the circuitry, during the CCM, the second snubber circuit is in an OPEN state, and during the DCM, when a second inductive element current of the second inductive element reaches about zero from previously being positive, the second snubber circuit transitions from the OPEN state to a CLOSED state. As such, the second snubber circuit essentially shorts out the second inductive element, such that ringing at a second output inductance node of the second switching converter is substantially reduced or eliminated, thereby reducing noise in the circuitry.
In one embodiment of the DC-DC converter, the DC-DC converter further includes a second switching power supply, which receives and converts the DC power supply signal to provide a second switching power supply output signal. In one embodiment of the DC-DC converter, the first switching power supply output signal is an envelope power supply signal for an RF power amplifier (PA) and the second switching power supply output signal is a bias power supply signal, which is used for biasing the RF PA. In one embodiment of the second switching power supply, the second switching power supply is a charge pump.
As previously mentioned, the first switching power supply 450 receives and converts the DC power supply signal DCPS to provide the first switching power supply output signal FPSO based on the setpoint. The first switching power supply 450 includes the first switching converter 456, the first inductive element L1, the energy storage element 530, the switching control circuitry, and the first snubber circuit 656. A portion of charge pump buck switching control circuitry 540 (
The first inductive element L1 has a first inductive element current IL1, which is positive when energy flows from the first inductive element L1 to the energy storage element 530, and is negative when energy flows from the energy storage element 530 to the first inductive element L1. In one embodiment of the first switching power supply 450, during the CCM, the first snubber circuit 656 is in an OPEN state, and during the DCM, when the first inductive element current IL1 of the first inductive element L1 reaches about zero from previously being positive, the first snubber circuit 656 transitions from the OPEN state to a CLOSED state. As such, the first snubber circuit 656 essentially shorts out the first inductive element, such that ringing at a first output inductance node 460 is substantially reduced or eliminated, thereby reducing noise in the circuitry.
In one embodiment of the DC-DC converter 32 (
In one embodiment of the DC-DC converter 32 (
During the second converter operating mode and during the CCM, the switching control circuitry allows energy to flow from the energy storage element 530 to the second inductive element L2 and the second snubber circuit 658 is in an OPEN state. During the second converter operating mode and during the DCM, the switching control circuitry does not allow energy to flow from the energy storage element 530 to the second inductive element L2, and when a second inductive element current IL2 of the second inductive element L2 reaches about zero from previously being positive, the second snubber circuit 658 transitions from the OPEN state to a CLOSED state. As such, second snubber circuit 658 essentially shorts out the second inductive element L2, such that ringing at the second output inductance node 462 is substantially reduced or eliminated, thereby reducing noise in the circuitry.
A summary of a shunt current diversion based IDAC is presented, followed by a detailed description of the shunt current diversion based IDAC. In this regard, the present disclosure relates to a first shunt current diversion based IDAC, which includes a group of alpha IDAC cells and provides a first current. Each of the group of alpha IDAC cells has an alpha shunt connection node and an alpha series connection node. When each alpha IDAC cell is in an ENABLED state, the alpha IDAC cell provides an alpha output current via its alpha series connection node, such that at least a portion of the first current is provided by the alpha output current. When each alpha IDAC cell is in a DISABLED state and a previous adjacent alpha IDAC cell is in the ENABLED state, the alpha IDAC cell diverts the alpha output current to its alpha shunt connection node. When each alpha IDAC cell is in the DISABLED state and no previous adjacent alpha IDAC cell is in the ENABLED state, the alpha IDAC cell does not provide the alpha output current, which may minimize power consumption. Providing the alpha output current, but diverting it to the alpha shunt connection node in anticipation of being enabled provides quick activation of an IDAC cell, which may be useful for applications in which the IDAC cells are enabled and disabled sequentially, such as linear frequency dithering.
The first alpha IDAC cell 706 receives the first alpha control signal FAC and operates in one of an ENABLED state and a DISABLED state based on the first alpha control signal FAC. When in the ENABLED state, the first alpha IDAC cell 706 provides a first alpha output current FAOI via the first alpha series connection node 712, such that the first alpha output current FAOI provides at least a portion of the first current I1. When in the DISABLED state, the first alpha IDAC cell 706 does not provide the first alpha output current FAOI.
The second alpha IDAC cell 708 receives the second alpha control signal SAC and the first alpha control signal FAC, which is a previous adjacent alpha control signal from a previous adjacent alpha IDAC cell, namely the first alpha IDAC cell 706. The second alpha IDAC cell 708 operates in one of the ENABLED state and the DISABLED state based on the second alpha control signal SAC. When in the ENABLED state, the second alpha IDAC cell 708 provides a second alpha output current SAOI via the second alpha series connection node 716, such that the second alpha output current SAOI provides at least a portion of the first current I1. When in the DISABLED state and the previous adjacent alpha IDAC cell, namely the first alpha IDAC cell 706, is in the ENABLED state, the second alpha IDAC cell 708 diverts the second alpha output current SAOI to the second alpha shunt connection node 718. When in the DISABLED state and the previous adjacent alpha IDAC cell, namely the first alpha IDAC cell 706, is in the DISABLED state, the second alpha IDAC cell 708 does not provide the second alpha output current SAOI.
The NTH alpha IDAC cell 710 receives the NTH alpha control signal NAC a previous adjacent alpha control signal (not shown) from a previous adjacent alpha IDAC cell (not shown). The NTH alpha IDAC cell 710 operates in one of the ENABLED state and the DISABLED state based on the NTH alpha control signal NAC. When in the ENABLED state, the NTH alpha IDAC cell 710 provides an NTH alpha output current NAOI via the NTH alpha series connection node 720, such that the NTH alpha output current NAOI provides at least a portion of the first current I1. When in the DISABLED state and the previous adjacent alpha IDAC cell (not shown) is in the ENABLED state, the NTH alpha IDAC cell 710 diverts the NTH alpha output current NAOI to the NTH alpha shunt connection node 722. When in the DISABLED state and the previous adjacent alpha IDAC cell (not shown) is in the DISABLED state, the NTH alpha IDAC cell 710 does not provide the NTH alpha output current NAOI.
In general, when operating, each of the group of alpha IDAC cells 706, 708, 710 is in one of the ENABLED state and the DISABLED state based on a corresponding one of the group of alpha control signals FAC, SAC, NAC. When in the ENABLED state, each of the group of alpha IDAC cells 706, 708, 710 provides an alpha output current A01 (
In one embodiment of the first IDAC 700, no two of the group of alpha IDAC cells 706, 708, 710 simultaneously provide the alpha output current AOI (
The first beta IDAC cell 724 receives the first beta control signal FBC and operates in one of an ENABLED state and a DISABLED state based on the first beta control signal FBC. When in the ENABLED state, the first beta IDAC cell 724 provides a first beta output current FBOI via the first beta series connection node 730, such that the first beta output current FBOI provides at least a portion of the second current I2. When in the DISABLED state, the first beta IDAC cell 724 does not provide the first beta output current FBOI.
The second beta IDAC cell 726 receives the second beta control signal SBC and the first beta control signal FBC, which is a previous adjacent beta control signal from a previous adjacent beta IDAC cell, namely the first beta IDAC cell 724. The second beta IDAC cell 726 operates in one of the ENABLED state and the DISABLED state based on the second beta control signal SBC. When in the ENABLED state, the first beta IDAC cell 724 provides a second beta output current SBOI via the second beta series connection node 734, such that the second beta output current SBOI provides at least a portion of the second current I2. When in the DISABLED state and the previous adjacent beta IDAC cell, namely the first beta IDAC cell 724, is in the ENABLED state, the second beta IDAC cell 726 diverts the second beta output current SBOI to the second beta shunt connection node 736. When in the DISABLED state and the previous adjacent beta IDAC cell, namely the first beta IDAC cell 724, is in the DISABLED state, the second beta IDAC cell 726 does not provide the second beta output current SBOI.
The MTH beta IDAC cell 728 receives the MTH beta control signal MBC and a previous adjacent beta control signal (not shown) from a previous adjacent beta IDAC cell (not shown). The MTH beta IDAC cell 728 operates in one of the ENABLED state and the DISABLED state based on the MTH beta control signal MBC. When in the ENABLED state, the MTH beta IDAC cell 728 provides an MTH beta output current MBOI via the MTH beta series connection node 738, such that the MTH beta output current MBOI provides at least a portion of the second current I2. When in the DISABLED state and the previous adjacent beta IDAC cell (not shown) is in the ENABLED state, the MTH beta IDAC cell 728 diverts the MTH beta output current MBOI to the MTH beta shunt connection node 740. When in the DISABLED state and the previous adjacent beta IDAC cell (not shown) is in the DISABLED state, the MTH beta IDAC cell 728 does not provide the MTH beta output current MBOI.
In general, when operating, each of the group of beta IDAC cells 724, 726, 728 is in one of the ENABLED state and the DISABLED state based on a corresponding one of the group of beta control signals FBC, SBC, MBC. When in the ENABLED state, each of the group of beta IDAC cells 724, 726, 728 provides a beta output current BOI (
In one embodiment of the second IDAC 702, no two of the group of beta IDAC cells 724, 726, 728 simultaneously provide the beta output current BOI (
Each of the alpha current source 744, the alpha series circuit 746, and the alpha shunt circuit 748 receives the alpha control signal ALC and the previous adjacent alpha control signal AALC. The alpha series circuit 746 is coupled between the alpha current source 744 and the alpha series connection node 750. The alpha shunt circuit 748 is coupled between the alpha current source 744 and the alpha shunt connection node 752.
When the alpha IDAC cell 742 is in the ENABLED state, as indicated by the alpha control signal ALC, the alpha series circuit 746 connects the alpha current source 744 to the alpha series connection node 750, the alpha shunt circuit 748 isolates the alpha current source 744 from the alpha shunt connection node 752, and the alpha current source 744 provides the alpha output current AOI to the alpha series connection node 750 via the alpha series circuit 746.
When the alpha IDAC cell 742 is in the DISABLED state, as indicated by the alpha control signal ALC, and a previous adjacent alpha IDAC cell is in the ENABLED state, as indicated by the previous adjacent alpha control signal AALC, the alpha series circuit 746 isolates the alpha current source 744 from the alpha series connection node 750, the alpha shunt circuit 748 connects the alpha current source 744 to the alpha shunt connection node 752, and the alpha current source 744 provides the alpha output current AOI to the alpha shunt connection node 752 via the alpha shunt circuit 748. As such, the alpha shunt circuit 748 diverts the alpha output current AOI to the alpha shunt connection node 752. By keeping the alpha current source 744 active in anticipation of the alpha IDAC cell 742 soon being enabled, enabling the alpha IDAC cell 742 may be quick.
When the alpha IDAC cell 742 is in the DISABLED state, as indicated by the alpha control signal ALC, and a previous adjacent alpha IDAC cell is in the DISABLED state, as indicated by the previous adjacent alpha control signal AALC, the alpha series circuit 746 may isolate the alpha current source 744 from the alpha series connection node 750, the alpha shunt circuit 748 may isolate the alpha current source 744 from the alpha shunt connection node 752, and the alpha current source 744 does not provide the alpha output current A01 to conserve power. By keeping the alpha current source 744 inactive until the previous adjacent alpha IDAC cell becomes enabled provides an effective trade-off between power conservation and quick activation of needed alpha IDAC cells. Such a system may be useful when each alpha IDAC cell 742 is enabled and disabled sequentially, such as in a linear frequency dithering system.
Each of the beta current source 756, the beta series circuit 758, and the beta shunt circuit 760 receives the beta control signal BTC and the previous adjacent beta control signal ABTC. The beta series circuit 758 is coupled between the beta current source 756 and the beta series connection node 762. The beta shunt circuit 760 is coupled between the beta current source 756 and the beta shunt connection node 764. The beta IDAC cell 754 may operate in a similar manner to the alpha IDAC cell 742 (
Summaries of amplitude limiting of a first switching power supply output signal, slew rate limiting of a first switching power supply output signal, minimum limiting of a filtered error signal, loop gain compensation of charge pump buck and buck power supplies, and a maximum duty-cycle of a PWM signal are presented followed by detailed embodiments of the amplitude limiting of a first switching power supply output signal, the slew rate limiting of a first switching power supply output signal, the minimum limiting of a filtered error signal, the loop gain compensation of charge pump buck and buck power supplies, and the maximum duty-cycle of a PWM signal.
Embodiments of the present disclosure relate to DC-DC control circuitry and a first switching power supply. The first switching power supply provides a first switching power supply output signal. The DC-DC control circuitry provides a first power supply output control signal, which is representative of a setpoint of the first switching power supply output signal. The first switching power supply applies a limit to the first power supply output control signal based on a limit threshold to provide a conditioned first power supply output control signal. The first switching power supply provides the first switching power supply output signal based on the conditioned first power supply output control signal, such that the setpoint of the first switching power supply output signal is limited based on the limit threshold.
Embodiments of the present disclosure relate to DC-DC control circuitry and a first switching power supply. The first switching power supply provides a first switching power supply output signal. The DC-DC control circuitry provides a first power supply output control signal, which is representative of a setpoint of the first switching power supply output signal. The first switching power supply applies a slew rate limit to the first power supply output control signal based on a slew rate threshold to provide a conditioned first power supply output control signal. The first switching power supply provides the first switching power supply output signal based on the conditioned first power supply output control signal, such that the setpoint of the first switching power supply output signal is slew rate limited based on the slew rate threshold.
Embodiments of the present disclosure relate to a PWM comparator and error signal correction circuitry of a first switching power supply. The PWM comparator has a minimum operating input amplitude. The PWM comparator receives a corrected error signal and provides a PWM signal based on the corrected error signal. The error signal correction circuitry applies a minimum limit to a filtered error signal based on a minimum limit threshold to provide the corrected error signal. The minimum limit threshold is based on the minimum operating input amplitude. The first switching power supply provides a first switching power supply output signal based on the PWM signal.
The present disclosure relates to a DC-DC converter, which includes a charge pump buck power supply coupled in parallel with a buck power supply. The charge pump buck power supply includes a charge pump buck converter, a first inductive element, and an energy storage element. The charge pump buck converter and the first inductive element are coupled in series between a DC power supply, such as a battery, and the energy storage element. The buck power supply includes a buck converter, the first inductive element, and the energy storage element. The buck converter is coupled across the charge pump buck converter. As such, the charge pump buck power supply and the buck power supply share the first inductive element and the energy storage element. Only one of the charge pump buck power supply and the buck power supply is active at any one time. As such, either the charge pump buck power supply or the buck power supply receives and converts a DC power supply signal from the DC power supply to provide a first switching power supply output signal to a load based on a setpoint. In one embodiment of the energy storage element, the energy storage element is a capacitive element.
The charge pump buck converter combines the functionality of a charge pump with the functionality of a buck converter. However, the charge pump buck converter uses fewer switching elements than a separate charge pump and buck converter by using common switching elements for both charge pump and buck converter functionalities. As such, the charge pump buck power supply is capable of providing an output voltage that is greater than a voltage of the DC power supply signal. Conversely, the buck power supply is only capable of providing an output voltage that is about equal to or less than the voltage of the DC power supply signal. In one embodiment of the DC-DC converter, during a first converter operating mode, the charge pump buck power supply receives and converts the DC power supply signal to provide the first switching power supply output signal, and the buck power supply is disabled. During a second converter operating mode, the buck power supply receives and converts the DC power supply signal to provide the first switching power supply output signal, and the charge pump buck power supply is disabled. The setpoint is based on a desired voltage of the first switching power supply output signal.
In one embodiment of the DC-DC converter, selection of either the first converter operating mode or the second converter operating mode is based on a voltage of the DC power supply signal and the setpoint. The first converter operating mode is selected when the desired voltage of the first switching power supply output signal is greater than the voltage of the DC power supply signal. In one embodiment of the DC-DC converter, selection of either the first converter operating mode or the second converter operating mode is further based on a load current of the load. The second converter operating mode is selected when the desired voltage of the first switching power supply output signal is less than the voltage of the DC power supply signal and the load current is less than a load current threshold.
In a first exemplary embodiment of the DC-DC converter, selection of either the first converter operating mode or the second converter operating mode is further based on maximizing efficiency of the DC-DC converter. In a second exemplary embodiment of the DC-DC converter, selection of either the first converter operating mode or the second converter operating mode is further based on exceeding a minimum acceptable efficiency of the DC-DC converter. In a third exemplary embodiment of the DC-DC converter, selection of either the first converter operating mode or the second converter operating mode is further based on exceeding a desired efficiency of the DC-DC converter. In one embodiment of the DC-DC converter, the DC-DC converter further includes a charge pump, which receives and converts the DC power supply signal to provide a second switching power supply output signal. In one embodiment of the DC-DC converter, the first switching power supply output signal is an envelope power supply signal for a first RF power amplifier (PA) and the second switching power supply output signal is a bias power supply signal used for biasing the first RF PA.
In one embodiment of the DC-DC converter, the charge pump buck converter and the buck converter share an output inductance node, such that the first inductive element is coupled between the output inductance node and the energy storage element. During the first converter operating mode, the charge pump buck converter may boost the voltage of the DC power supply signal significantly, such that a voltage at the output inductance node may be significantly higher than the voltage of the DC power supply signal. As a result, even though the buck converter is disabled during the first converter operating mode, the buck converter must be able to withstand the boosted voltage at the output inductance node. In an exemplary embodiment of the DC-DC converter, the voltage at the output inductance node is equal to about 11 volts and a breakdown voltage of individual switching elements in the buck converter is equal to about 7 volts.
Embodiments of the present disclosure relate to a PWM comparator and PWM signal correction circuitry of a first switching power supply. The PWM comparator provides an uncorrected PWM signal based on a comparison between a ramping signal and a filtered error signal. The PWM signal correction circuitry receives and corrects the uncorrected PWM signal to provide a PWM signal. When a duty-cycle of the uncorrected PWM signal exceeds a maximum duty-cycle threshold, a duty-cycle of the PWM signal is about equal to the maximum duty-cycle threshold. When the duty-cycle of the uncorrected PWM signal is less than or equal to the maximum duty-cycle threshold, the duty-cycle of the PWM signal is about equal to the duty-cycle of the uncorrected PWM signal. The first switching power supply provides a first switching power supply output signal based on the PWM signal.
In one embodiment of the DC-DC converter 32 (
The converter switching circuitry 766 receives and converts the DC power supply signal DCPS to provide the first switching power supply output signal FPSO based on the PWM signal PWMS, which is based on the setpoint. The first switching power supply output signal FPSO is fed back to the PWM circuitry 534, which further receives and processes the first power supply output control signal FPOC, which is based on the setpoint, and the ramping signal RMPS to provide the PWM signal PWMS. In this regard, the PWM circuitry 534 and the converter switching circuitry 766 combine to form a feedback loop, which has a loop gain.
PWMS is driven low. When the ramping signal RMPS is less than the filtered error signal FERS, the PWM signal PWMS is driven high. Alternate embodiments of the PWM circuitry 534 may reverse the polarity of the PWM comparator 774, the polarity of the loop differential amplifier 770, or both.
The loop amplifier 768, the loop differential amplifier 770, the loop filter 772, the PWM comparator 774, and the converter switching circuitry 766 form the feedback loop, which has the loop gain based on a gain or attenuation of each component in the feedback loop. The loop amplifier 768 may have a gain that is equal to, less than, or greater than one. Since the first power supply output control signal FPOC is representative of the setpoint, by amplifying the difference between the first power supply output control signal FPOC and the amplified first power supply output signal AFPO, the loop differential amplifier 770 operates to drive the first switching power supply output signal FPSO toward the setpoint via the error signal ERS. The loop filter 772 operates to provide loop stability. The PWM signal PWMS is a digital signal that has a duty-cycle based on a relationship between the ramping signal RMPS and the filtered error signal FERS. In one embodiment of the PWM signal PWMS, an increasing duty-cycle drives the first switching power supply output signal FPSO in a positive direction. In an alternate embodiment of the PWM signal PWMS, an increasing duty-cycle drives the first switching power supply output signal FPSO in a negative direction.
In one embodiment of the first switching power supply 450, the first switching power supply 450 may be capable of providing amplitudes of the first switching power supply output signal FPSO that are high enough to damage a load that is coupled to the first switching power supply 450. The load may include the RF PA circuitry 30 (
In an alternate embodiment of the first switching power supply 450 (
Returning to
In an additional embodiment of the first switching power supply 450, the first switching power supply 450 may be capable of providing slew rates of the first switching power supply output signal FPSO that are high enough to create surge currents that may disrupt the RF communications system 26 (
Returning to
In one embodiment of the first switching power supply 450, the loop filter 772 may be capable of providing amplitudes of the filtered error signal FERS that are below a minimum operating input amplitude of the PWM comparator 774. When the non-inverting input to the PWM comparator 774 is driven below its minimum operating input amplitude, such as right after power-up, the PWM signal PWMS may be driven low until the loop filter 772 has an opportunity to catch-up. As such, to keep the non-inverting input to the PWM comparator 774 within its normal operating range, when the filtered error signal FERS is below a minimum limit threshold, the error signal correction circuitry 798 applies the minimum limit to the filtered error signal FERS to provide the corrected error signal CERS. The minimum limit threshold is based on the minimum operating input amplitude of the PWM comparator 774. In this regard, when the error signal correction circuitry 798 is operating, the corrected error signal CERS does not drop below the minimum limit. The minimum limit may be about equal to the minimum limit threshold.
In general, the PWM comparator 774 has the minimum operating input amplitude. The PWM comparator 774 receives the corrected error signal CERS and provides the PWM signal PWMS based on the corrected error signal CERS. The error signal correction circuitry 798 applies the minimum limit to the filtered error signal FERS based on the minimum limit threshold to provide the corrected error signal CERS. The minimum limit threshold is based on the minimum operating input amplitude. The first switching power supply 450 provides the first switching power supply output signal FPSO based on the PWM signal PWMS.
During the first converter operating mode, the charge pump buck switching circuitry 536 (
However, since the charge pump buck switching circuitry 536 (
As such, during the first converter operating mode, the charge pump buck power supply 526 (
Returning to
The PWM comparator 774 receives the corrected ramping signal CRMP, such that when transitioning between the first converter operating mode and the second converter operating mode, the PWM circuitry 534 switches between the first PWM duty-cycle and the second PWM duty-cycle by adjusting the corrected ramping signal CRMP. Specifically, the ramping signal correction circuitry 804 adjusts the corrected ramping signal CRMP in response to the transition between the first converter operating mode and the second converter operating mode.
The converter switching circuitry 766 receives the PWM signal PWMS, such that when transitioning between the first converter operating mode and the second converter operating mode, the PWM circuitry 534 switches between the first PWM duty-cycle and the second PWM duty-cycle by adjusting the PWM signal PWMS. Specifically, the PWM signal correction circuitry 806 adjusts the PWM signal PWMS in response to the transition between the first converter operating mode and the second converter operating mode. In a further embodiment of the PWM circuitry 534, the PWM circuitry 534 switches between the first PWM duty-cycle and the second PWM duty-cycle based on at least two of the error signal correction circuitry 798, the ramping signal correction circuitry 804, and the PWM signal correction circuitry 806.
In this regard, when a duty-cycle of the uncorrected PWM signal UPWM exceeds a maximum duty-cycle threshold, the PWM signal correction circuitry 806 receives and corrects the uncorrected PWM signal UPWM to provide the PWM signal PWMS having a duty-cycle that is about equal to the maximum duty-cycle threshold, as shown in
In one embodiment of the first switching power supply 450 (
Returning to
In one embodiment of the first switching power supply 450, the PWM comparator 774 provides the uncorrected PWM signal UPWM based on a direct comparison between the corrected ramping signal CRMP and the corrected error signal CERS as shown in
A summary of feedback based buck timing of a DC-DC converter is presented followed by a detailed description of the feedback based buck timing of the DC-DC converter. Embodiments of the present disclosure relate to at least a first shunt switching element and switching control circuitry of a first switching power supply. At least the first shunt switching element is coupled between a ground and an output inductance node of the first switching power supply. The first switching power supply provides a buck output signal from the output inductance node. The switching control circuitry selects one of an ON state and an OFF state of the first shunt switching element. When the buck output signal is above a first threshold, the switching control circuitry is inhibited from selecting the ON state of the first shunt switching element. The first switching power supply provides a first switching power supply output signal based on the buck output signal. By using feedback based on the buck output signal, the switching control circuitry may refine the timing of switching between series switching elements and shunt switching elements to increase efficiency.
The DC power supply 80 provides the DC power supply signal DCPS to the series switching circuitry 814. The switching control circuitry 812 receives the PWM signal PWMS and provides a first shunt control signal SCS1 to the first shunt switching element 816 and a first series control signal RCS1 to the series switching circuitry 814. The switching circuitry 810 provides a buck output signal BOS from the output inductance node 818. The buck output signal BOS is fed back to the switching control circuitry 812. As such, the switching control circuitry 812 provides the first series control signal RCS1 and the first shunt control signal SCS1 based on the PWM signal PWMS and the buck output signal BOS. The first shunt switching element 816 operates in one of an ON state and an OFF state based on the first shunt control signal SCS1. As such, the switching control circuitry 812 selects the one of the ON state and the OFF state of the first shunt switching element 816 via the first shunt control signal SCS1.
The series switching circuitry 814 includes at least one series switching element (not shown) coupled in series between the DC power supply 80 and the output inductance node 818. A first series switching element (not shown) operates in one of an ON state and an OFF state based on the first series control signal RCS1. For proper operation, only one of the first shunt switching element 816 and the first series switching element (not shown) is allowed to be in the ON state at any time. Otherwise, a high current path between the DC power supply 80 and the ground may be present, thereby reducing efficiency. As a result, the switching control circuitry 812 provides the first series control signal RCS1 and the first shunt control signal SCS1, such that only one of the first shunt switching element 816 and the first series switching element (not shown) is allowed to be in the ON state at any time.
When the switching control circuitry 812 selects the OFF state of the first series switching element (not shown), an inductive element current (not shown), such as the first inductive element current IL1 (
In one embodiment of the switching circuitry 810, the buck output signal BOS is the first buck output signal FBO (
In an alternate embodiment of the switching circuitry 810, the buck output signal BOS is the second buck output signal SBO (
In one embodiment of the first shunt switching element 816, the first shunt switching element 816 is an NMOS transistor element. In one embodiment of the second shunt switching element 820, the second shunt switching element 820 is an NMOS transistor element. In one embodiment of the switching circuitry 810, the buck output signal BOS is the first buck output signal FBO (
In an alternate embodiment of the switching circuitry 810, the buck output signal BOS is the second buck output signal SBO (
In general, at least the first shunt switching element 816 is coupled between the ground and the output inductance node 818 of the first switching power supply 450 (
A summary of a two-state power supply based level shifter is followed by a detailed description of the two-state power supply based level shifter. The present disclosure relates to a first switching power supply and a two-state level shifter. The first switching power supply provides a two-state DC output signal from a two-state output. During a first converter operating mode of the first switching power supply, the two-state DC output signal has a first voltage magnitude and during a second converter operating mode of the first switching power supply, the two-state DC output signal has a second voltage magnitude, which is on the order of about one-half of the first voltage magnitude. The two-state level shifter includes a first group of switching elements coupled in series between the two-state output and a ground. The first group of switching elements provides a level shifter output signal based on a level shifter input signal. During the first converter operating mode, a voltage swing of the level shifter output signal is equal to about the first voltage magnitude. During the second converter operating mode, the voltage swing of the level shifter output signal is equal to about the second voltage magnitude. A maximum voltage magnitude across any of the first group of switching elements is about equal to the second voltage magnitude.
In this regard, during the first converter operating mode, since the first output inductance node 460 (
The two-state level shifter 822 receives the DC power supply signal DCPS and the two-state DC output signal DCTS. Further, the two-state level shifter 822 receives and level shifts a level shifter input signal LSIS to provide a level shifter output signal LSOS based on the DC power supply signal DCPS and the two-state DC output signal DCTS. During the first converter operating mode, a voltage swing of the level shifter output signal LSOS is equal to about the first voltage magnitude. During the second converter operating mode, the voltage swing of the level shifter output signal LSOS is equal to about the second voltage magnitude. In one embodiment of the two-state level shifter 822, a voltage swing of the level shifter input signal LSIS is equal to about the second voltage magnitude. In an alternate embodiment of the two-state level shifter 822, the voltage swing of the level shifter input signal LSIS is equal to any voltage magnitude.
The first series buck control signal BS1 controls the first series buck switching element 558 (
The first group 828 of switching elements is coupled in series between the two-state output 826 and the ground. Specifically, the first level shifter switching element 836, the second level shifter switching element 838, the third level shifter switching element 840, and the fourth level shifter switching element 842 are coupled in series between the two-state output 826 and the ground. The second group 830 of switching elements is coupled in series between the two-state output 826 and the ground. Specifically, the fifth level shifter switching element 844, the sixth level shifter switching element 846, the seventh level shifter switching element 848, and the eighth level shifter switching element 850 are coupled in series between the two-state output 826 and the ground. The cascode bias circuitry 832 is coupled between the DC power supply 80 and the two-state output 826. The level shifter resistive element RLS and the level shifter diode element CRL are coupled in series across the DC power supply 80. Specifically, a cathode of the level shifter diode element CRL is coupled to the DC power supply 80 and the level shifter resistive element RLS is coupled between an anode of the level shifter diode element CRL and the ground.
Each of the first level shifter switching element 836, the second level shifter switching element 838, the fifth level shifter switching element 844, and the sixth level shifter switching element 846 may be an NMOS transistor element. Each of the third level shifter switching element 840, the fourth level shifter switching element 842, the seventh level shifter switching element 848, and the eighth level shifter switching element 850 may be a PMOS transistor element. Bodies of the first level shifter switching element 836, the second level shifter switching element 838, the fifth level shifter switching element 844, and the sixth level shifter switching element 846 are coupled to the anode of the level shifter diode element CRL, which provides an NMOS body bias signal NBS to the first level shifter switching element 836, the second level shifter switching element 838, the fifth level shifter switching element 844, and the sixth level shifter switching element 846. As such, the first level shifter switching element 836, the second level shifter switching element 838, the fifth level shifter switching element 844, and the sixth level shifter switching element 846 may pull the NMOS body bias signal NBS to be between ground and slightly above the DC power supply voltage DCPV (
Sources of the fourth level shifter switching element 842 and the eighth level shifter switching element 850 are coupled to the two-state output 826. A drain of the eighth level shifter switching element 850 is coupled to a gate of the fourth level shifter switching element 842 and to a source of the seventh level shifter switching element 848. A drain of the fourth level shifter switching element 842 is coupled to a gate of the eighth level shifter switching element 850 and to a source of the third level shifter switching element 840. A drain of the seventh level shifter switching element 848 is coupled to a drain of the sixth level shifter switching element 846. A drain of the third level shifter switching element 840 is coupled to a drain of the second level shifter switching element 838. As such, the drains of the third level shifter switching element 840 and the second level shifter switching element 838 provide the level shifter output signal LSOS. A source of the sixth level shifter switching element 846 is coupled to a drain of the fifth level shifter switching element 844. A source of the second level shifter switching element 838 is coupled to a drain of the first level shifter switching element 836. Sources of the fifth level shifter switching element 844 and the first level shifter switching element 836 are coupled to the ground.
The DC power supply signal DCPS is fed to gates of the second level shifter switching element 838 and the sixth level shifter switching element 846. The cascode bias circuitry 832 provides a cascode bias signal CBS to gates of the third level shifter switching element 840 and the seventh level shifter switching element 848. The cascode bias circuitry 832 provides the cascode bias signal CBS, such that a voltage difference between the two-state output 826 and the gates of the third level shifter switching element 840 and the seventh level shifter switching element 848 is on the order of about the second voltage magnitude. As such, during the first converter operating mode, a voltage of the cascode bias signal CBS is about equal to the second voltage magnitude. During the second converter operating mode, the voltage of the cascode bias signal CBS is about equal to ground. The level shifter input signal LSIS is fed to a gate of the fifth level shifter switching element 844 and to the level shifter inverter 834. The level shifter inverter 834 feeds a gate of the first level shifter switching element 836.
From a logic perspective, the level shifter output signal LSOS follows the level shifter input signal LSIS. As such, when the level shifter input signal LSIS is LOW, the level shifter output signal LSOS is LOW. When the level shifter input signal LSIS is HIGH, the level shifter output signal LSOS is HIGH. Therefore, when the level shifter input signal LSIS is LOW, the fifth level shifter switching element 844 is OFF and the inverter output is HIGH, which causes the first level shifter switching element 836 to be ON. The first level shifter switching element 836 being ON causes the second level shifter switching element 838 to be ON, thereby pulling the level shifter output signal LSOS to LOW, which logically matches the level shifter input signal LSIS. When the first level shifter switching element 836 and the second level shifter switching element 838 are both ON, the third level shifter switching element 840 and the fourth level shifter switching element 842 are both OFF. As such, the two-state DC output signal DCTS is divided between the third level shifter switching element 840 and the fourth level shifter switching element 842, which causes the eighth level shifter switching element 850 to be ON. The eighth level shifter switching element 850 being ON holds the fourth level shifter switching element 842 OFF. The eighth level shifter switching element 850 being ON causes the seventh level shifter switching element 848 to be ON. The fifth level shifter switching element 844 being OFF and the seventh level shifter switching element 848 being ON causes the sixth level shifter switching element 846 to be OFF.
When the level shifter input signal LSIS transitions from LOW to HIGH, the level shifter output signal LSOS must transition from LOW to HIGH. When the level shifter input signal LSIS transitions to HIGH, the fifth level shifter switching element 844 transitions from OFF to ON and the inverter output transitions from HIGH to LOW, which causes the first level shifter switching element 836 to transition from ON to OFF. The fifth level shifter switching element 844 being ON causes the sixth level shifter switching element 846 to transition from OFF to ON. The fifth level shifter switching element 844 and the sixth level shifter switching element 846 being ON divides the remaining voltage between the seventh level shifter switching element 848 and the eighth level shifter switching element 850, which transitions the third level shifter switching element 840 and the fourth level shifter switching element 842 from being OFF to ON, thereby transitioning the seventh level shifter switching element 848 and the eighth level shifter switching element 850 from ON to OFF. The third level shifter switching element 840 and the fourth level shifter switching element 842 being ON, and the first level shifter switching element 836 being OFF causes the second level shifter switching element 838 to transition from ON to OFF. The third level shifter switching element 840 and the fourth level shifter switching element 842 being ON pulls the level shifter output signal LSOS to HIGH, which logically matches the level shifter input signal LSIS.
The second level shifter switching element 838, the third level shifter switching element 840, the sixth level shifter switching element 846, and the seventh level shifter switching element 848 may operate as cascode transistor elements. As such, when the third level shifter switching element 840 and the fourth level shifter switching element 842 are both ON, the first level shifter switching element 836 and the second level shifter switching element 838 are both OFF. During the first converter operating mode, the two-state DC output signal DOTS has the first voltage magnitude, which is divided across the first level shifter switching element 836 and the second level shifter switching element 838. In this regard, a maximum voltage magnitude across either the first level shifter switching element 836 or the second level shifter switching element 838 is about equal to the second voltage magnitude.
When the first level shifter switching element 836 and the second level shifter switching element 838 are both ON, the third level shifter switching element 840 and the fourth level shifter switching element 842 are both OFF. During the first converter operating mode, the two-state DC output signal DOTS has the first voltage magnitude, which is divided across the third level shifter switching element 840 and the fourth level shifter switching element 842. In this regard, a maximum voltage magnitude across either the third level shifter switching element 840 or the fourth level shifter switching element 842 is about equal to the second voltage magnitude.
When the seventh level shifter switching element 848 and the eighth level shifter switching element 850 are both ON, the fifth level shifter switching element 844 and the sixth level shifter switching element 846 are both OFF. During the first converter operating mode, the two-state DC output signal DOTS has the first voltage magnitude, which is divided across the fifth level shifter switching element 844 and the sixth level shifter switching element 846. In this regard, a maximum voltage magnitude across either the fifth level shifter switching element 844 or the sixth level shifter switching element 846 is about equal to the second voltage magnitude.
When the seventh level shifter switching element 848 and the eighth level shifter switching element 850 are both OFF, the fifth level shifter switching element 844 and the sixth level shifter switching element 846 are both ON. During the first converter operating mode, the two-state DC output signal DOTS has the first voltage magnitude, which is divided across the seventh level shifter switching element 848 and the eighth level shifter switching element 850. In this regard, a maximum voltage magnitude across either the seventh level shifter switching element 848 or the eighth level shifter switching element 850 is about equal to the second voltage magnitude.
In general, the first group 828 of switching elements provides the level shifter output signal LSOS based on the level shifter input signal LSIS. A maximum voltage magnitude across any of the first group 828 of switching elements is about equal to the second voltage magnitude. Further, a maximum voltage magnitude across any of the second group 830 of switching elements is about equal to the second voltage magnitude.
During the first converter operating mode, the two-state DC output signal DCTS has the first voltage magnitude. As such, the ninth level shifter switching element 852 is biased ON, which biases ON the tenth level shifter switching element 854. In this regard, the cascode bias signal CBS has a voltage magnitude about equal to the second voltage magnitude. During the second converter operating mode, the two-state DC output signal DCTS has the second magnitude. As such, the ninth level shifter switching element 852 is biased OFF, which biases OFF the tenth level shifter switching element 854 since the NMOS body bias signal NBS has a voltage magnitude about equal to ground. As such, during the second converter operating mode, the cascode bias signal CBS has a voltage magnitude about equal to ground.
A summary of multiband RF switch ground isolation is presented followed by a detailed description of the multiband RF switch ground isolation. The present disclosure relates to an RF switch semiconductor die and an RF supporting structure, such as a laminate. The RF switch semiconductor die is attached to the RF supporting structure. The RF switch semiconductor die has a first edge and a second edge, which may be opposite from the first edge. The RF supporting structure has a group of alpha supporting structure connection nodes, which is adjacent to the first edge; a group of beta supporting structure connection nodes, which is adjacent to the second edge; an alpha AC grounding supporting structure connection node, which is adjacent to the second edge; and a beta AC grounding supporting structure connection node, which is adjacent to the first edge. When the group of alpha supporting structure connection nodes and the alpha AC grounding supporting structure connection node are active, the group of beta supporting structure connection nodes and the beta AC grounding supporting structure connection node are inactive, and vice versa. By locating the alpha AC grounding supporting structure connection node adjacent to the group of beta supporting structure connection nodes and locating the beta AC grounding supporting structure connection node adjacent to the group of alpha supporting structure connection nodes, interference of active AC grounding currents with active switch currents is reduced.
The RF switch semiconductor die 858 further includes a first alpha switch die connection node 872, a second alpha switch die connection node 874, a third alpha switch die connection node 876, an alpha AC grounding switch die connection node 878, a first beta switch die connection node 880, a second beta switch die connection node 882, a third beta switch die connection node 884, and a beta AC grounding switch die connection node 886. The RF supporting structure 856 further includes a first alpha supporting structure connection node 888, a second alpha supporting structure connection node 890, a third alpha supporting structure connection node 892, an alpha AC grounding supporting structure connection node 894 a first beta supporting structure connection node 896, a second beta supporting structure connection node 898, a third beta supporting structure connection node 900, and a beta AC grounding supporting structure connection node 902.
As previously mentioned, in one embodiment of the alpha switching circuitry 52 and the beta switching circuitry 56, during the first PA operating mode, the alpha switching circuitry 52 is enabled and the beta switching circuitry 56 is disabled. During the second PA operating mode, the alpha switching circuitry 52 is disabled and the beta switching circuitry 56 is enabled. As such, during the first PA operating mode, the alpha switching circuitry 52 is active and the beta switching circuitry 56 is inactive. During the second PA operating mode, the alpha switching circuitry 52 is inactive and the beta switching circuitry 56 is active. In this regard, when the alpha supporting structure connection nodes 888, 890, 892 and the alpha AC grounding supporting structure connection node 894 are active, such as during the first PA operating mode, the beta supporting structure connection nodes 896, 898, 900 and the beta AC grounding supporting structure connection node 902 are inactive. Conversely, when the beta supporting structure connection nodes 896, 898, 900 and the beta AC grounding supporting structure connection node 902 are active, such as during the second PA operating mode, the alpha supporting structure connection nodes 888, 890, 892 and the alpha AC grounding supporting structure connection node 894 are inactive.
The first alpha shunt switching device 860 is coupled between the first alpha switching device 240 and the alpha AC grounding switch die connection node 878. The second alpha shunt switching device 862 is coupled between the second alpha switching device 242 and the alpha AC grounding switch die connection node 878. The third alpha shunt switching device 864 is coupled between the third alpha switching device 244 and the alpha AC grounding switch die connection node 878. The first alpha harmonic filter 70 is coupled to the first alpha supporting structure connection node 888. The first alpha linear mode output FALO is coupled to the second alpha supporting structure connection node 890. The RTH alpha linear mode output RALO is coupled to the third alpha supporting structure connection node 892. The alpha AC grounding capacitive element CAG is coupled between the alpha AC grounding supporting structure connection node 894 and the ground. The first alpha switch die connection node 872 is coupled to the first alpha supporting structure connection node 888. The second alpha switch die connection node 874 is coupled to the second alpha supporting structure connection node 890. The third alpha switch die connection node 876 is coupled to the third alpha supporting structure connection node 892. The alpha AC grounding switch die connection node 878 is coupled to the alpha AC grounding supporting structure connection node 894.
The first alpha switching device 240 is coupled to the first alpha switch die connection node 872. The second alpha switching device 242 is coupled to the second alpha switch die connection node 874. The third alpha switching device 244 is coupled to the third alpha switch die connection node 876. As previously mentioned, alternate embodiments of the alpha RF switch 68 may include any number of alpha switching devices. Further, alternate embodiments of the alpha RF switch 68 may include any number of alpha shunt switching devices. In this regard, alternate embodiments of the RF switch semiconductor die 858 may include any number of alpha switch die connection nodes. Alternate embodiments of the RF supporting structure 856 may include any number of alpha supporting structure connection nodes.
In one embodiment of the alpha switching circuitry 52, during the first PA operating mode, a selected one of the alpha switching devices 240, 242, 244 is ON and the unselected alpha switching devices are OFF to provide proper mode selection, band selection, or both. As such, during the first PA operating mode, a selected one of the alpha shunt switching devices 860, 862, 864 corresponds to the selected one of the alpha switching devices 240, 242, 244 that is ON. The selected one of the alpha shunt switching devices 860, 862, 864 is OFF and the unselected alpha shunt switching devices are ON to reduce RF noise by presenting a low RF impedance to the remainder of the alpha switching devices.
The first beta shunt switching device 866 is coupled between the first beta switching device 246 and the beta AC grounding switch die connection node 886. The second beta shunt switching device 868 is coupled between the second beta switching device 248 and the beta AC grounding switch die connection node 886. The third beta shunt switching device 870 is coupled between the third beta switching device 250 and the beta AC grounding switch die connection node 886. The first beta harmonic filter 74 is coupled to the first beta supporting structure connection node 896. The first beta linear mode output FBLO is coupled to the second beta supporting structure connection node 898. The STH beta linear mode output SBLO is coupled to the third beta supporting structure connection node 900. The beta AC grounding capacitive element CBG is coupled between the beta AC grounding supporting structure connection node 902 and the ground. The first beta switch die connection node 880 is coupled to the first beta supporting structure connection node 896. The second beta switch die connection node 882 is coupled to the second beta supporting structure connection node 898. The third beta switch die connection node 884 is coupled to the third beta supporting structure connection node 900. The beta AC grounding switch die connection node 886 is coupled to the beta AC grounding supporting structure connection node 902.
The first beta switching device 246 is coupled to the first beta switch die connection node 880. The second beta switching device 248 is coupled to the second beta switch die connection node 882. The third beta switching device 250 is coupled to the third beta switch die connection node 884. As previously mentioned, alternate embodiments of the beta RF switch 72 may include any number of beta switching devices. Further, alternate embodiments of the beta RF switch 72 may include any number of beta shunt switching devices. In this regard, alternate embodiments of the RF switch semiconductor die 858 may include any number of beta switch die connection nodes. Alternate embodiments of the RF supporting structure 856 may include any number of beta supporting structure connection nodes.
In one embodiment of the beta switching circuitry 56, during the second PA operating mode, a selected one of the beta switching devices 246, 248, 250 is ON and the unselected beta switching devices are OFF to provide proper mode selection, band selection, or both. As such, during the second PA operating mode, a selected one of the beta shunt switching devices 866, 868, 870 corresponds to the selected one of the beta switching devices 246, 248, 250 that is ON. The selected one of the beta shunt switching devices 866, 868, 870 is OFF and the unselected beta shunt switching devices are ON to reduce RF noise by presenting a low RF impedance to the remainder of the beta switching devices.
A group 908 of alpha supporting structure connection nodes includes the first alpha supporting structure connection node 888, the second alpha supporting structure connection node 890, and the third alpha supporting structure connection node 892. A group 910 of beta supporting structure connection nodes includes the first beta supporting structure connection node 896, the second beta supporting structure connection node 898, and the third beta supporting structure connection node 900. Alternate embodiments of the group 908 of alpha supporting structure connection nodes may include any number of alpha supporting structure connection nodes 888, 890, 892. Alternate embodiments of the group 910 of beta supporting structure connection nodes may include any number of beta supporting structure connection nodes 896, 898, 900.
The RF switch semiconductor die 858 includes the first alpha switch die connection node 872, the second alpha switch die connection node 874, the third alpha switch die connection node 876, the alpha AC grounding switch die connection node 878, the first beta switch die connection node 880, the second beta switch die connection node 882, the third beta switch die connection node 884, and the beta AC grounding switch die connection node 886. The first alpha switch die connection node 872, the second alpha switch die connection node 874, the third alpha switch die connection node 876, the alpha AC grounding switch die connection node 878, the first beta switch die connection node 880, the second beta switch die connection node 882, the third beta switch die connection node 884, and the beta AC grounding switch die connection node 886 may include pads, solder pads, wirebond pads, solder bumps, pins, sockets, solder holes, the like, or any combination thereof.
The RF supporting structure 856 includes the group 908 of alpha supporting structure connection nodes, the group 910 of beta supporting structure connection nodes, the alpha AC grounding supporting structure connection node 894, and the beta AC grounding supporting structure connection node 902 on the RF supporting structure 856. The group 908 of alpha supporting structure connection nodes, the group 910 of beta supporting structure connection nodes, the alpha AC grounding supporting structure connection node 894, and the beta AC grounding supporting structure connection node 902 on the RF supporting structure 856 may include pads, solder pads, wirebond pads, solder bumps, pins, sockets, solder holes, the like, or any combination thereof.
The group 908 of alpha supporting structure connection nodes is located adjacent to the first edge 904 and the group 910 of beta supporting structure connection nodes is located adjacent to the second edge 906, as shown. Further, the beta AC grounding supporting structure connection node 902 is located adjacent to the first edge 904 and the alpha AC grounding supporting structure connection node 894 is located adjacent to the second edge 906.
The first alpha switch die connection node 872 is coupled to the first alpha supporting structure connection node 888 via one of multiple interconnects 912. The second alpha switch die connection node 874 is coupled to the second alpha supporting structure connection node 890 via one of the multiple interconnects 912. The third alpha switch die connection node 876 is coupled to the third alpha supporting structure connection node 892 via one of the multiple interconnects 912. The beta AC grounding switch die connection node 886 is coupled to the beta AC grounding supporting structure connection node 902 via one of the multiple interconnects 912. The first beta switch die connection node 880 is coupled to the first beta supporting structure connection node 896 via one of the multiple interconnects 912. The second beta switch die connection node 882 is coupled to the second beta supporting structure connection node 898 via one of the multiple interconnects 912. The third beta switch die connection node 884 is coupled to the third beta supporting structure connection node 900 via one of the multiple interconnects 912. The alpha AC grounding switch die connection node 878 is coupled to the alpha AC grounding supporting structure connection node 894 via one of the multiple interconnects 912.
The interconnects 912 may be bonding wires, solder balls, solder columns, laminate traces, printed wiring board (PWB) traces, the like, or any combination thereof. In one embodiment of the RF supporting structure 856, the RF switch semiconductor die 858 is attached to the RF supporting structure 856 using a flip-chip arrangement. As such, the first alpha switch die connection node 872 is located over the first alpha supporting structure connection node 888, the second alpha switch die connection node 874 is located over the second alpha supporting structure connection node 890, the third alpha switch die connection node 876 is located over the third alpha supporting structure connection node 892, the beta AC grounding switch die connection node 886 is located over the beta AC grounding supporting structure connection node 902, the first beta switch die connection node 880 is located over the first beta supporting structure connection node 896, the second beta switch die connection node 882 is located over the second beta supporting structure connection node 898. The third beta switch die connection node 884 is located over the third beta supporting structure connection node 900, and the alpha AC grounding switch die connection node 878 is located over the alpha AC grounding supporting structure connection node 894. As such, in the flip-chip arrangement, the group 908 of alpha supporting structure connection nodes is located adjacent to the first edge 904 and the group 910 of beta supporting structure connection nodes is located adjacent to the second edge 906. Further, the beta AC grounding supporting structure connection node 902 is located adjacent to the first edge 904 and the alpha AC grounding supporting structure connection node 894 is located adjacent to the second edge 906.
In one embodiment of the RF supporting structure 856, when the group 908 of alpha supporting structure connection nodes and the alpha AC grounding supporting structure connection node 894 are active, the group 910 of beta supporting structure connection nodes and the beta AC grounding switch die connection node 886 are inactive. Conversely, when the group 908 of alpha supporting structure connection nodes and the alpha AC grounding supporting structure connection node 894 are inactive, the group 910 of beta supporting structure connection nodes and the beta AC grounding switch die connection node 886 are active.
By locating the alpha AC grounding supporting structure connection node 894 away from the group 908 of alpha supporting structure connection nodes, active AC grounding currents associated with the alpha AC grounding supporting structure connection node 894 in the RF supporting structure 856 may not have adverse effects on signals associated with the group 908 of alpha supporting structure connection nodes. Similarly, by locating the beta AC grounding supporting structure connection node 902 away from the group 910 of beta supporting structure connection nodes, active AC grounding currents associated with the beta AC grounding supporting structure connection node 902 in the RF supporting structure 856 may not have adverse effects on signals associated with the group 910 of beta supporting structure connection nodes.
Since the group 908 of alpha supporting structure connection nodes and the beta AC grounding supporting structure connection node 902 are not both active simultaneously, the group 908 of alpha supporting structure connection nodes and the beta AC grounding supporting structure connection node 902 may be located close to one another without significant interference. Similarly, since the group 910 of beta supporting structure connection nodes and the alpha AC grounding supporting structure connection node 894 are not both active simultaneously, the group 910 of beta supporting structure connection nodes and the alpha AC grounding supporting structure connection node 894 may be located close to one another without significant interference.
A summary of DC-DC converter current sensing is presented followed by a detailed description of the DC-DC converter current sensing. Embodiments of the present disclosure relate to a sample-and-hold (SAH) current estimating circuit and a first switching power supply. The first switching power supply provides a first switching power supply output signal based on a series switching element and a setpoint. The SAH current estimating circuit samples a voltage across the series switching element of the first switching power supply during an ON state of the series switching element and during a ramping signal peak to provide an SAH output signal based on an estimate of an output current of the first switching power supply output signal. The first switching power supply selects the ON state of the series switching element, such that during the ramping signal peak, the series switching element has a series current having a magnitude, which is about equal to a magnitude of the output current of the first switching power supply output signal.
In one embodiment of the series switching element 916, the series switching element 916 is a MOS device, which has an ON resistance when in the ON state. In this regard, a voltage across the series switching element 916 may follow the series current ISR in about a proportional manner. A proportionality constant may be about equal to the ON resistance of the series switching element 916. The voltage across the series switching element 916 may be determined by measuring a voltage between the first sample signal SS1 and the second sample signal SS2. As such, the SAH current estimating circuit 914 may sample the voltage across the series switching element 916 to estimate the series current ISR.
An output current, such as the envelope power supply current EPSI (
When the series switching element 916 is a series switching element in the first switching power supply 450 (
In general, the first switching power supply 450 (
As such, the SAH output signal SHOS is based on the first buck sample signal SSK1 and the second buck sample signal SSK2. In this regard, when the second series buck switching element 560 (
As such, the SAH output signal SHOS is based on the first alpha sample signal SSA1 and the second alpha sample signal SSA2. In this regard, when the second series alpha switching element 598 (
As such, the SAH output signal SHOS is based on the first beta sample signal SSB1 and the second beta sample signal SSB2. In this regard, when the second series beta switching element 600 (
Typically, at or before the ramping signal peak 517 (
The mirror differential amplifier 918, the mirror switching element 920, the mirror buffer transistor element 922, and the first mirror resistive element RM1 establish a mirror current IM through the mirror switching element 920, the first mirror resistive element RM1, and the mirror buffer transistor element 922 based on the held voltage across the SAH capacitive element CSH. The mirror current IM is a mirror of the series current ISR (
A summary of PA bias power supply undershoot compensation is presented followed by a detailed description of the PA bias power supply undershoot compensation. Embodiments of the present disclosure relate to a charge pump of a PA bias power supply and a process to prevent undershoot disruption of a bias power supply signal of the PA bias power supply. The charge pump operates in one of multiple bias supply pump operating modes, which include at least a bias supply pump-up operating mode and a bias supply bypass operating mode. The process prevents selection of the bias supply pump-up operating mode from the bias supply bypass operating mode before charge pump circuitry in the charge pump is capable of providing adequate voltage to prevent undershoot disruption of the bias power supply signal.
As previously presented, the PA bias power supply 282 (
A summary of PA bias power supply efficiency optimization is presented followed by a detailed description of the PA bias power supply efficiency optimization. Embodiments of the present disclosure relate to a charge pump of a PA bias power supply, PA bias circuitry, and a process to optimize efficiency of the PA bias power supply. The charge pump operates in one of multiple bias supply pump operating modes, which include at least a bias supply pump-up operating mode and a bias supply bypass operating mode. The process prevents selection of the bias supply bypass operating mode unless a DC power supply voltage is adequate to allow the PA bias circuitry to provide minimum output regulation voltage at a specified current. Otherwise, the bias supply pump-up operating mode is selected. The charge pump operates more efficiently in the bias supply bypass operating mode than in the bias supply pump-up operating mode; therefore, selection of the bias supply bypass operating mode, when possible, increases efficiency.
As previously presented, the PA bias power supply 282 (
A summary of PA envelope power supply undershoot compensation is presented followed by a detailed description of the PA envelope power supply undershoot compensation. Embodiments of the present disclosure relate to a PA envelope power supply, RF PA circuitry, and a process to prevent undershoot of the PA envelope power supply, which may cause improper operation of the RF PA circuitry. When an envelope control signal to the PA envelope power supply has a step change from a high magnitude to a low magnitude, an envelope power supply signal from the PA envelope power supply to the RF PA circuitry has a change in response to the step change. However, if the step change exceeds a step change limit, the change of the envelope power supply signal may cause improper operation of the RF PA circuitry. Such a change of the envelope power supply signal is the undershoot of the PA envelope power supply. The process prevents the undershoot by modifying the envelope control signal by using an intermediate magnitude for a period of time when the step change limit is exceeded.
As previously presented, the PA envelope power supply 280 (
A summary of selecting a converter operating mode of a PA envelope power supply is presented followed by a detailed description of selecting the converter operating mode of the PA envelope power supply. Embodiments of the present disclosure relate to a PA envelope power supply and a process to select a converter operating mode of the PA envelope power supply. The PA envelope power supply operates in one of a first converter operating mode and a second converter operating mode. The process for selecting the converter operating mode is based on a selected communications mode of an RF communications system, a target output power from RF PA circuitry of the RF communications system, and a DC power supply voltage, which is used by the PA envelope power supply to provide an envelope power supply signal to the RF PA circuitry. Selection of the converter operating mode may provide efficient operation of the PA envelope power supply and the envelope power supply signal needed for proper operation of the RF PA circuitry.
As previously presented, the PA envelope power supply 280 (
In this regard, during certain communications modes of the RF communications system 26 (
Further, as previously presented, the PA envelope power supply 280 (
Additionally, as previously presented, the PA bias power supply 282 (
In this regard, during certain communications modes of the RF communications system 26 (
The DC-DC control circuitry 90 (
In an alternate embodiment of the process, the process further includes an additional process step. The DC-DC control circuitry 90 (
A summary of selecting PA bias levels of RF PA circuitry during a multislot burst is presented followed by a detailed description of selecting the PA bias levels of the RF PA circuitry during the multislot burst. Embodiments of the present disclosure relate to PA control circuitry and PA bias circuitry of RF PA circuitry. During a multislot burst from the RF PA circuitry, the RF PA circuitry may have different output power levels for slots of the multislot burst. When the output power level drops significantly between one slot and a next adjacent slot, the output power level during the next adjacent slot may drift due to self heating of a PA core in the RF PA circuitry during the one slot. Normally, a PA bias level of the RF PA circuitry drops, to increase efficiency, when the output power level drops significantly. However, to reduce the drift, when the power level drop exceeds a power drop limit, the PA bias level during the one slot is maintained during the next adjacent slot. If the output power level drops significantly, but by less than the power drop limit, the PA bias level also drops.
During the multislot burst from the RF PA circuitry 30 (
A summary of independent PA biasing of a driver stage and a final stage is presented followed by a detailed description of the independent PA biasing of a driver stage and a final stage. In traditional RF PA circuitry, a ratio of a PA bias level of the driver stage to a PA bias level of the final stage is fixed. Embodiments of the present disclosure relate to PA control circuitry, PA bias circuitry, a driver stage, and a final stage of RF PA circuitry. The PA control circuitry identifies a selected communications mode of an RF communications system and a target output power from the RF PA circuitry. The PA control circuitry selects a PA bias level of the driver stage and a PA bias level of the final stage based on the selected communications mode and the target output power. The PA bias circuitry establishes a PA bias level for the driver stage and a PA bias level for the final stage based on the selected PA bias levels of the driver stage and the final stage. The RF PA circuitry provides RF transmit signals using the driver stage and the final stage.
The RF PA circuitry 30 (
A summary of temperature correcting an envelope power supply signal for RF PA circuitry is presented followed by a detailed description of the temperature correcting the envelope power supply signal for the RF PA circuitry. Embodiments of the present disclosure relate to a DC-DC converter and RF PA circuitry. The DC-DC converter provides the envelope power supply signal to the RF PA circuitry based on a first power supply output control signal. The RF PA circuitry uses the envelope power supply signal to provide RF transmit signals. As a temperature of the RF PA circuitry changes, the envelope power supply signal may need to be adjusted to meet temperature compensation requirements of the RF PA circuitry. If there is adequate thermal coupling between the DC-DC converter and the RF PA circuitry, adjustments to the envelope power supply signal may be based on temperature measurements of the DC-DC converter. In this regard, the temperature of the DC-DC converter is measured to obtain a measured temperature. A desired correction of the first power supply output control signal is determined. The desired correction is based on the measured temperature and the temperature compensation requirements of the RF PA circuitry. The first power supply output control signal is adjusted based on the desired correction.
In general, the PA envelope power supply 280 provides the envelope power supply signal EPS based on the first power supply output control signal FPOC. Specifically, the PA envelope power supply 280 provides the envelope power supply signal EPS based on the first power supply output control signal FPOC. A desired correction of the first power supply output control signal FPOC is determined by the DC-DC control circuitry 90. The desired correction is based on the measured temperature and the temperature compensation requirements of the RF PA circuitry 30. The first power supply output control signal FPOC is adjusted by the DC-DC control circuitry 90 based on the desired correction. In one embodiment of the DC-DC converter 32, the DC-DC control circuitry 90 uses the signal conditioning circuitry 782 (
A summary of selectable PA bias temperature compensation circuitry is presented followed by a detailed description of the selectable PA bias temperature compensation circuitry. Embodiments of the present disclosure relate to RF PA circuitry, which transmits RF signals. The RF PA circuitry includes a final stage, a final stage IDAC, a final stage current reference circuit, and a final stage temperature compensation circuit. The final stage current reference circuit provides an uncompensated final stage reference current to the final stage temperature compensation circuit, which receives and temperature compensates the uncompensated final stage reference current to provide a final stage reference current. The final stage IDAC uses the final stage reference current in a digital-to-analog conversion to provide a final stage bias signal to bias the final stage. The temperature compensation provided by the final stage temperature compensation circuit is selectable.
The final stage selectable threshold comparator circuit 930 provides a final stage comparison output reference current IFCO to the final stage variable gain amplifier 932 based on the supplemental uncompensated final stage reference current ISFU and the temperature proportional final stage reference current IFPT. The final stage variable gain amplifier 932 receives and amplifies the final stage comparison output reference current IFCO to provide a final stage amplified comparison reference current IFAO to the final stage combining circuit 934. The final stage combining circuit 934 combines the uncompensated final stage reference current IFUR and the final stage amplified comparison reference current IFAO to provide the final stage reference current IFSR.
In one embodiment of the final stage current reference circuit 928, the temperature proportional final stage reference current IFPT is a current that is about proportional to absolute temperature. The final stage selectable threshold comparator circuit 930 compares the temperature proportional final stage reference current IFPT against a programmable threshold, such that if the temperature proportional final stage reference current IFPT is above the programmable threshold, the final stage comparison output reference current IFCO is based on the temperature proportional final stage reference current IFPT, which provides temperature compensation. If the temperature proportional final stage reference current IFPT is less than the programmable threshold, the final stage comparison output reference current IFCO is based on the supplemental uncompensated final stage reference current ISFU, which provides no temperature compensation. The programmable threshold may be selected via the bias configuration control signal BCC (
In general, the RF PA circuitry 30 (
The driver stage selectable threshold comparator circuit 938 provides a driver stage comparison output reference current IDCO to the driver stage variable gain amplifier 940 based on the supplemental uncompensated driver stage reference current ISDU and the temperature proportional driver stage reference current IDPT. The driver stage variable gain amplifier 940 receives and amplifies the driver stage comparison output reference current IDCO to provide a driver stage amplified comparison reference current IDAO to the driver stage combining circuit 942. The driver stage combining circuit 942 combines the uncompensated driver stage reference current IDUR and the driver stage amplified comparison reference current IDAO to provide the driver stage reference current IDSR.
In one embodiment of the driver stage current reference circuit 936, the temperature proportional driver stage reference current IDPT is a current that is about proportional to absolute temperature. The driver stage selectable threshold comparator circuit 938 compares the temperature proportional driver stage reference current IDPT against a programmable threshold, such that if the temperature proportional driver stage reference current IDPT is above the programmable threshold, the driver stage comparison output reference current IDCO is based on the temperature proportional driver stage reference current IDPT, which provides temperature compensation. If the temperature proportional driver stage reference current IDPT is less than the programmable threshold, the driver stage comparison output reference current IDCO is based on the supplemental uncompensated driver stage reference current ISDU, which provides no temperature compensation. The programmable threshold may be selected via the bias configuration control signal BCC (
In general, the RF PA circuitry 30 (
A summary of RF PA linearity requirements based converter operating mode selection is presented followed by a detailed description of the RF PA linearity requirements based converter operating mode selection. Embodiments of the present disclosure relate to a PA envelope power supply, RF PA circuitry, and a process to select a converter operating mode of the PA envelope power supply based on linearity requirements of the RF PA circuitry. The PA envelope power supply operates in one of a first converter operating mode and a second converter operating mode. The process for selecting the converter operating mode is based on a required degree of linearity of the RF PA circuitry. The PA envelope power supply provides an envelope power supply signal to the RF PA circuitry. Selection of the converter operating mode may provide efficient operation of the PA envelope power supply and the envelope power supply signal needed for proper operation of the RF PA circuitry.
As previously presented, the PA envelope power supply 280 (
In this regard, for certain degrees of linearity of the RF PA circuitry 30 (
A summary of an embedded RF PA temperature compensating bias transistor is presented followed by a detailed description of the embedded RF PA temperature compensating bias transistor. Embodiments of the present disclosure relate to an RF PA amplifying transistor of an RF PA stage and an RF PA temperature compensating bias transistor of the RF PA stage. The RF PA amplifying transistor includes a first array of amplifying transistor elements and a second array of amplifying transistor elements. The RF PA temperature compensating bias transistor provides temperature compensation of bias of the RF PA amplifying transistor. Further, the RF PA temperature compensating bias transistor is located between the first array and the second array. As such, the RF PA temperature compensating bias transistor is thermally coupled to the first array and the second array. The RF PA stage receives and amplifies an RF stage input signal to provide an RF stage output signal using the RF PA amplifying transistor.
In one embodiment of the RF PA stage, each of the RF PA amplifying transistor and the RF PA temperature compensating bias transistor is a heterojunction bipolar transistor (HBT). In one embodiment of the RF PA temperature compensating bias transistor, the RF PA temperature compensating bias transistor is a single element transistor. In one embodiment of the RF PA temperature compensating bias transistor, the RF PA temperature compensating bias transistor is a linear HBT to improve thermal coupling to the first array and the second array. In one embodiment of the RF PA temperature compensating bias transistor, the RF PA temperature compensating bias transistor is hard wired as a diode.
A base of the second RF PA stage bias transistor 952 is coupled to the first bias resistive element RS1 and to the collector and the base of the first RF PA stage bias transistor 950. The second bias resistive element RS2 is coupled between an emitter of the second RF PA stage bias transistor 952 and a base of the RF PA amplifying transistor 946. An emitter of the RF PA amplifying transistor 946 is coupled to the ground. A collector of the RF PA amplifying transistor 946 provides an RF stage output signal RFSO. The RF PA stage 944 receives and amplifies an RF stage input signal RFSI to provide the RF stage output signal RFSO using the RF PA amplifying transistor 946. Specifically, RF PA amplifying transistor 946 uses amplification to provide the RF stage output signal RFSO based on the RF stage input signal RFSI.
The RF PA temperature compensating bias transistor 948, the first RF PA stage bias transistor 950, the second RF PA stage bias transistor 952, the first bias resistive element RS1 and the second bias resistive element RS2 form bias circuitry, which is used to provide bias of the RF PA amplifying transistor 946. The second RF PA stage bias transistor 952 operates as an emitter follower buffer. The RF PA temperature compensating bias transistor 948 provides temperature compensation of bias of the RF PA amplifying transistor 946. When ambient temperature changes, a voltage across the RF PA temperature compensating bias transistor 948 changes, which causes a voltage across RF PA amplifying transistor 946 to change in harmony. However, when the RF PA amplifying transistor 946 is amplifying, it may dissipate more power than the RF PA temperature compensating bias transistor 948, thereby potentially creating a temperature difference between the RF PA amplifying transistor 946 and the RF PA temperature compensating bias transistor 948. Such a temperature difference would degrade the temperature compensation of the bias of the RF PA amplifying transistor 946. As such, to minimize the temperature difference, the RF PA temperature compensating bias transistor 948 is thermally coupled to the RF PA amplifying transistor 946.
In one embodiment of the RF PA temperature compensating bias transistor 948, the RF PA temperature compensating bias transistor 948 is an HBT. In one embodiment of the RF PA amplifying transistor 946, the RF PA amplifying transistor 946 is an HBT. In one embodiment of the RF PA temperature compensating bias transistor 948, the RF PA temperature compensating bias transistor 948 is a single element transistor. In one embodiment of the RF PA temperature compensating bias transistor 948, the RF PA temperature compensating bias transistor 948 is hard wired as a diode
In general, the RF PA circuitry 30 (
In a first embodiment of the RF PA stage 944, the RF PA stage 944 is the first input PA stage 110 (
In a ninth embodiment of the RF PA stage 944, the RF PA stage 944 is the second in-phase driver PA stage 162 (
The RF PA temperature compensating bias transistor 948 shown in
Summaries of a split current IDAC for dynamic device switching (DDS) of an RF PA stage and DDS of an in-phase RF PA stage and a quadrature-phase RF PA stage are presented followed a detailed descriptions of the split current IDAC for the DDS of the RF PA stage and the DDS of the in-phase RF PA stage and the quadrature-phase RF PA stage.
Embodiments of the present disclosure relate to a split current IDAC and an RF PA stage. The split current IDAC operates in a selected one of a group of DDS operating modes and provides a group of array bias signals based on the selected one of the group of DDS operating modes. Each of the group of array bias signals is a current signal. The RF PA stage includes a group of arrays of amplifying transistor elements. The RF PA stage biases at least one of the group of arrays of amplifying transistor elements based on the group of array bias signals. Further, the RF PA stage receives and amplifies an RF stage input signal to provide an RF stage output signal using at least one of the group of arrays of amplifying transistor elements that is biased.
Embodiments of the present disclosure relate to an in-phase RF PA stage and a quadrature-phase RF PA stage. The in-phase RF PA stage includes a first group of arrays of amplifying transistor elements and the quadrature-phase RF PA stage includes a second group of arrays of amplifying transistor elements. A group of array bias signals is based on a selected one of a group of DDS operating modes. Each of the group of array bias signals is a current signal. The in-phase RF PA stage biases at least one of the first group of arrays of amplifying transistor elements based on the group of array bias signals. The in-phase RF PA stage receives and amplifies an in-phase RF stage input signal to provide an in-phase RF stage output signal using at least one of the first group of arrays of amplifying transistor elements that is biased. Similarly, the quadrature-phase RF PA stage biases at least one of the second group of arrays of amplifying transistor elements based on the group of array bias signals. The quadrature-phase RF PA stage receives and amplifies a quadrature-phase RF stage input signal to provide a quadrature-phase RF stage output signal using at least one of the second group of arrays of amplifying transistor elements that is biased.
The split current IDAC 982 operates in a selected one of a group of DDS operating modes. The split current IDAC 982 provides the group 984 of array bias signals FABS, SABS based on the selected one of the group of DDS operating modes. The bias configuration control signal BCC may indicate the selected one of the group of DDS operating modes to the split current IDAC 982. As previously presented, the RF PA stage 944 includes the first array 954 (
By only biasing specific arrays of the group of arrays 954, 956 (
In one embodiment of the PA bias circuitry 96 (
Returning to
The quadrature-phase RF stage input signal RSQI may be phase-shifted from the in-phase RF stage input signal RSII by about 90 degrees. In one embodiment of the in-phase RF PA stage 986 and the quadrature-phase RF PA stage 988, both the in-phase RF PA stage 986 and the quadrature-phase RF PA stage 988 function with a same number of arrays of amplifying transistor elements that are biased to preserve quadrature behavior while utilizing DDS options. By only biasing specific arrays of the first group 990 (
In a first embodiment of the in-phase RF PA stage 986, the in-phase RF PA stage 986 is the first in-phase driver PA stage 142 (
In a first embodiment of the quadrature-phase RF PA stage 988, the quadrature-phase RF PA stage 988 is the first quadrature-phase driver PA stage 152 (
A summary of an overlay class F choke is presented followed by a detailed description of the overlay class F choke. Embodiments of the present disclosure relate to an overlay class F choke of an RF PA stage and an RF PA amplifying transistor of the RF PA stage. The overlay class F choke includes a pair of mutually coupled class F inductive elements, which are coupled in series between a PA envelope power supply and a collector of the RF PA amplifying transistor. In one embodiment of the RF PA stage, the RF PA stage receives and amplifies an RF stage input signal to provide an RF stage output signal using the RF PA amplifying transistor. The collector of the RF PA amplifying transistor provides the RF stage output signal. The PA envelope power supply provides an envelope power supply signal to the overlay class F choke. The envelope power supply signal provides power for amplification. The overlay class F choke provides DC to the RF PA amplifying transistor and presents prescribed impedances to the RF PA amplifying transistor at certain frequencies, such as fundamental and harmonics, to provide high efficiency for the RF PA stage.
In one embodiment of the RF PA stage, the RF PA stage operates as a class F amplifier, such that tuning provided by the overlay class F choke increases gain of the RF PA stage at certain desired frequencies and decreases gain at certain undesired frequencies. In one embodiment of the overlay class F choke, the pair of mutually coupled class F inductive elements are overlaid, such that one of the pair of mutually coupled class F inductive elements is overlaid over another of the pair of mutually coupled class F inductive elements to provide the mutual coupling. By using the overlay arrangement, the size of the overlay class F choke may be significantly smaller than if the pair of mutually coupled class F inductive elements did not use mutual coupling.
In one embodiment of the overlay class F choke, the overlay class F choke further includes a class F tank capacitive element. The pair of mutually coupled class F inductive elements includes a class F series inductive element and a class F tank inductive element. The class F tank capacitive element is coupled across the class F tank inductive element to form a parallel resonant tank circuit having a tank resonant frequency. In one embodiment of the RF PA stage and the overlay class F choke, the RF PA amplifying transistor and the class F tank capacitive element are provided by an RF PA semiconductor die, which is attached to a supporting structure, such as a laminate. The supporting structure provides the pair of mutually coupled class F inductive elements. In one embodiment of the overlay class F choke, the overlay class F choke further includes a class F bypass capacitive element coupled between the PA envelope power supply and a ground. The class F tank capacitive element is coupled to the class F tank inductive element, such that a series combination of the class F tank capacitive element and the class F bypass capacitive element are coupled across the class F tank inductive element. A collector capacitance of the RF PA amplifying transistor may affect operating characteristics of the overlay class F choke.
In a first embodiment of the pair of mutually coupled class F inductive elements, at least a portion of one of the pair of mutually coupled class F inductive elements is provided by a first printed wiring trace using one conductive layer of the laminate. At least a portion of another of the pair of mutually coupled class F inductive elements is provided by a second printed wiring trace using another conductive layer of the laminate, such that the first printed wiring trace is overlaid over the second printed wiring trace. In a second embodiment of the pair of mutually coupled class F inductive elements, at least a portion of one of the pair of mutually coupled class F inductive elements is provided by a first printed wiring trace using a conductive layer of the laminate. At least a portion of another of the pair of mutually coupled class F inductive elements is provided by a second printed wiring trace using the conductive layer of the laminate, such that the first printed wiring trace and the second printed wiring trace are side-by-side using the same conductive layer. A third embodiment of the pair of mutually coupled class F inductive elements combines the first embodiment of the pair of mutually coupled class F inductive elements and the second embodiment of the pair of mutually coupled class F inductive elements.
In one embodiment of the RF PA stage 944, the RF PA stage 944 operates as a class F amplifier, such that tuning provided by the overlay class F choke 1010 increases gain of the RF PA stage 944 at certain desired frequencies and decreases gain at certain undesired frequencies. In one embodiment of the overlay class F choke 1010, the pair 1012 of mutually coupled class F inductive elements are overlaid, such that one of the pair 1012 of mutually coupled class F inductive elements is overlaid over another of the pair 1012 of mutually coupled class F inductive elements to provide the mutual coupling. By using the overlay arrangement, the size of the overlay class F choke 1010 may be significantly smaller than if the pair 1012 of mutually coupled class F inductive elements did not use mutual coupling. In an alternate embodiment of the overlay class F choke 1010, the pair 1012 of mutually coupled class F inductive elements are constructed side-by-side to provide the mutual coupling. By using the side-by-side arrangement, the size of the overlay class F choke 1010 may be significantly smaller than if the pair 1012 of mutually coupled class F inductive elements did not use mutual coupling. A collector capacitance CCL of the RF PA amplifying transistor 946 may affect operating characteristics of the overlay class F choke 1010.
Alternate embodiments of the supporting structure 1018 may exclude any or all of the layers 1020, 1022, 1024, 1026, 1028, 1030. Further, alternate embodiments of the supporting structure 1018 may include intervening layers between any or all of pairs of the layers 1020, 1022, 1024, 1026, 1028, 1030. A first cross-section 1032 is representative of a top-wise view of the supporting structure 1018 taken between the second conducting layer 1026 and the third insulating layer 1028. A second cross-section 1033 is representative of a top-wise view of the supporting structure 1018 taken between the first conducting layer 1022 and the second insulating layer 1024.
In a second embodiment of the pair 1012 (
A summary of ESD protection of an RF PA semiconductor die using a PA controller semiconductor die is presented followed by a detailed description of the ESD protection of the RF PA semiconductor die using the PA controller semiconductor die. Embodiments of the present disclosure relate to a PA controller semiconductor die and a first RF PA semiconductor die. The PA controller semiconductor die includes a first ESD protection circuit, which ESD protects and provides a first ESD protected signal. The RF PA semiconductor die receives the first ESD protected signal. In one embodiment of the PA controller semiconductor die, the first ESD protected signal is an envelope power supply signal. The PA controller semiconductor die may be a Silicon CMOS semiconductor die and the RF PA semiconductor die may be a Gallium Arsenide semiconductor die. Using CMOS instead of Gallium Arsenide for ESD protection provides several advantages. For equivalent die areas, CMOS dies are less expensive than Gallium Arsenide dies. CMOS ESD protection may take up less die area, may have lower leakage currents, may provide higher rated protection, and may provide no degradation in PA performance or efficiency.
In one embodiment of the PA controller semiconductor die, the PA controller semiconductor die includes multiple ESD protection circuits, which provide multiple ESD protected signals. Any or all of the ESD protected signals may be DC power signals, data signals, RF signals, the like, or any combination thereof. One embodiment of the present disclosure includes any or all of a first RF PA semiconductor die, a second RF PA semiconductor die, and an RF switch semiconductor die. Each of the first RF PA semiconductor die, the second RF PA semiconductor die, and the RF switch semiconductor die may receive any or all of the ESD protected signals. In one embodiment of the PA controller semiconductor die, one of the protected ESD signals is the envelope power supply signal. In one embodiment of the PA controller semiconductor die, one of the protected ESD signals is a bias power supply signal. In one embodiment of the PA controller semiconductor die, one of the protected ESD signals is a DC power supply signal.
The first ESD protection circuit 1052 provides the first ESD protected signal FESD to the first RF PA semiconductor die 1054 and the second RF PA semiconductor die 1056. The NTH ESD protection circuit 1062 provides the NTH ESD protected signal NESD to the RF switch semiconductor die 1058. In one embodiment of the first ESD protection circuit 1052, the first ESD protected signal FESD is the envelope power supply signal EPS, as shown. In one embodiment of the second ESD protection circuit 1060, the second ESD protected signal SESD is the DC power supply signal DCPS, as shown. In one embodiment of the NTH ESD protection circuit 1062, the NTH ESD protected signal NESD is the bias power supply signal BPS, as shown. In alternate embodiments of the RF PA circuitry 30, any or all of the first RF PA semiconductor die 1054, the second RF PA semiconductor die 1056, and the RF switch semiconductor die 1058 may be omitted. Additionally, in other embodiments of the RF PA circuitry 30, any or all of the first RF PA semiconductor die 1054, the second RF PA semiconductor die 1056, and the RF switch semiconductor die 1058 may receive any or all of the multiple ESD protected signals FESD, SESD, NESD.
A summary of a DC-DC converter having a multi-stage output filter is presented followed by a detailed description of the DC-DC converter having the multi-stage output filter. The present disclosure relates to a direct current (DC)-DC converter that includes a first switching converter and a multi-stage filter. The multi-stage filter includes at least a first inductance (L) capacitance (C) filter and a second LC filter coupled in series between the first switching converter and a DC-DC converter output. The first LC filter has a first LC time constant and the second LC filter has a second LC time constant, which is less than the first LC time constant. The DC-DC converter receives and converts a DC power supply signal from a DC power supply, such as a battery, to provide a first switching power supply output signal via the DC-DC converter output. A setpoint of the DC-DC converter is based on a desired voltage of the first switching power supply output signal. The first switching converter and the multi-stage filter form a feedback loop, which is used to regulate the first switching power supply output signal based on the setpoint. Loop behavior and stability of the feedback loop are substantially based on the first LC time constant. The first LC filter includes a first capacitive element having a first self-resonant frequency, which is about equal to a first notch frequency of the multi-stage filter.
In one embodiment of the DC-DC converter, an output signal from the first switching converter has sharp transitions provided by switching elements. Such transitions are filtered by the multi-stage filter to provide the first switching power supply output signal. In one embodiment of the DC-DC converter, the first switching power supply output signal is an envelope power supply signal for a first RF power amplifier (PA). The envelope power supply signal may need to respond quickly to changes in the setpoint while meeting spectral requirements, such as those specified by the European Telecommunications Standards Institute (ETSI) standards, by Third Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) standards, the like, or any combination thereof. As such, the multi-stage filter provides a lowpass filter response necessary to meet requirements. In one embodiment of the first RF PA, during saturated operation of the first RF PA, an output profile of the first RF PA is based on a profile of the envelope power supply signal. The profile of the envelope power supply signal is based on the lowpass filter response.
Since the loop behavior of the feedback loop is substantially based on the first LC time constant, the first LC time constant must be relatively small, such that the envelope power supply signal responds quickly to changes in the setpoint. However, the first time constant must be large enough to provide adequate filtering. Further, if discrete ceramic capacitive elements are used in the multi-stage filter, such capacitive elements tend to have self-resonant frequencies that are inversely related to capacitance values. In this regard, larger capacitance values are associated with smaller self-resonant frequencies and capacitive elements tend to lose their effectiveness at frequencies above the self-resonant frequency. As such, the first capacitive element may have a capacitance value larger than any other capacitive element in the multi-stage filter and the first LC filter may not provide sufficient filtering to meet the spectral response requirements, particularly at higher frequencies. Therefore, one or more additional LC filter stages may be required. Each successive LC filter stage has a smaller time constant than its predecessor to preserve loop behavior and stability of the feedback loop. Further, each successive LC filter stage is targeted to a specific portion of a spectral response profile, such that the filter response of the multi-stage filter meets or exceeds loop behavior requirements, stability requirements, and spectral response requirements.
In one embodiment of the multi-stage filter, the first LC filter further includes a first inductive element, which is coupled between the first switching converter and the first capacitive element. The second LC filter includes a second inductive element and a second capacitive element. The second inductive element is coupled between the first inductive element and the DC-DC converter output. The second capacitive element is coupled to the DC-DC converter output. The multi-stage filter has a lowpass filter response, which includes a first notch filter response having a first notch at the first notch frequency, such that the first notch is based on the first capacitive element.
In an alternate embodiment of the multi-stage filter, the second capacitive element has a second self-resonant frequency, which is about equal to a second notch frequency of the multi-stage filter. The lowpass filter response includes the first notch filter response and a second notch filter response. The first notch filter response has the first notch at the first notch frequency and the second notch filter response has the second notch at the second notch frequency. The first notch is based on the first capacitive element and the second notch is based on the second capacitive element.
In an additional embodiment of the multi-stage filter, the multi-stage filter includes the first LC filter, the second LC filter, and a third LC filter. The first LC filter includes the first inductive element and the first capacitive element. The second LC filter includes the second inductive element and the second capacitive element. The third LC filter includes a third inductive element and a third capacitive element. The first inductive element is coupled between the first switching converter and the first capacitive element. The second inductive element is coupled between the first inductive element and the second capacitive element. The third inductive element is coupled between the second inductive element and the DC-DC converter output. The third capacitive element is coupled to the DC-DC converter output. The multi-stage filter has a lowpass filter response, which includes the first notch filter response having the first notch at the first notch frequency, the second notch filter response having the second notch at the second notch frequency, and a third notch filter response having a third notch at a third notch frequency. The third capacitive element has a third self-resonant frequency, which is about equal to the third notch frequency of the multi-stage filter. The first notch is based on the first capacitive element, the second notch is based on the second capacitive element, and the third notch is based on the third capacitive element.
In one embodiment of the DC-DC converter, the DC-DC converter receives and converts the DC power supply signal from the DC power supply to provide a second switching power supply output signal. In one embodiment of the second switching power supply output signal, the second switching power supply output signal is a bias power supply signal used for biasing the first RF PA. In an alternate embodiment of the multi-stage filter, the multi-stage filter includes at least four LC filters coupled in series between the first switching converter and the DC-DC converter output.
One embodiment of the present disclosure relates to a process for selecting components for the multi-stage filter. The process includes the following process steps. A desired switching frequency of the first switching converter is determined. A first desired notch frequency of the multi-stage filter is determined based on the desired switching frequency and a desired lowpass filter response of the multi-stage filter. The first capacitive element is selected, such that the first self-resonant frequency is about equal to the first desired notch frequency. Desired loop behavior and stability of the feedback loop is determined. A desired first LC time constant of the first LC filter is determined based on the desired loop behavior and stability. The first inductive element is selected, such that the first capacitive element and the first inductive element have an LC time constant that is about equal to the desired first LC time constant.
In one embodiment of the process for selecting the components for the multi-stage filter, the process further includes the following process steps. A second desired notch frequency of the multi-stage filter is determined based on the desired switching frequency and the desired lowpass filter response of the multi-stage filter. The second capacitive element is selected, such that the second self-resonant frequency is about equal to the second desired notch frequency. The second inductive element is selected based on the desired lowpass filter response of the multi-stage filter.
In an alternate embodiment of the process for selecting the components for the multi-stage filter, the process further includes the following process steps. A third desired notch frequency of the multi-stage filter is determined based on the desired switching frequency and the desired lowpass filter response of the multi-stage filter. The third capacitive element is selected, such that the third self-resonant frequency is about equal to the third desired notch frequency. The third inductive element is selected based on the desired lowpass filter response of the multi-stage filter.
The multi-stage filter 1064 has a DC-DC converter output 1066. As such, the multi-stage filter 1064 provides the first switching power supply output signal FPSO via the DC-DC converter output 1066. Additionally, the multi-stage filter 1064 feeds back a multi-stage filter feedback signal MSFF to the PWM circuitry 534 instead of the first switching power supply output signal FPSO. In this regard, during the first converter operating mode, a feedback loop is formed using the first switching converter 456 and the multi-stage filter 1064. Similarly, during the second converter operating mode, a feedback loop is formed using the second switching converter 458 and the multi-stage filter 1064. The first buck output signal FBO and the second buck output signal SBO typically have sharp transitions. Such transitions are filtered by the multi-stage filter 1064 to provide the first switching power supply output signal FPSO.
The first capacitive element C1 (
Summaries of a combined RF detector and RF attenuator with concurrent outputs, embedded RF couplers underneath an RF switch semiconductor die, and cascaded RF couplers feeding RF signal conditioning circuitry are presented followed by detailed descriptions of the combined RF detector and RF attenuator with concurrent outputs, the embedded RF couplers underneath the RF switch semiconductor die, and the cascaded RF couplers feeding the RF signal conditioning circuitry.
Embodiments of the present disclosure relate to RF signal conditioning circuitry, which includes RF detection circuitry and RF attenuation circuitry. The RF detection circuitry receives and detects an RF sample signal to provide an RF detection signal. The RF attenuation circuitry has an attenuation circuitry input, and receives and attenuates the RF sample signal via the attenuation circuitry input to provide an attenuated RF signal. The RF attenuation circuitry presents an attenuation circuitry input impedance at the attenuation circuitry input. The attenuated RF signal and the RF detection signal are provided concurrently. Providing concurrent attenuated RF and RF detection signals provides user flexibility.
In one embodiment of the RF signal conditioning circuitry, the RF signal conditioning circuitry includes no switching devices. Further, the RF detection circuitry further includes a detection circuitry input and a detection circuitry output. Additionally, the RF attenuation circuitry further includes an attenuation circuitry output. The RF detection circuitry receives the RF sample signal via the detection circuitry input and provides the RF detection signal via the detection circuitry output. The RF attenuation circuitry provides the attenuated RF signal via the attenuation circuitry output. As such, the detection circuitry output and the attenuation circuitry output are concurrent outputs. Further, the attenuation circuitry input impedance may be substantially constant, thereby further providing user flexibility.
In one embodiment of the RF attenuation circuitry, a magnitude of the RF sample signal is significantly greater than a magnitude of the attenuated RF signal. In a first embodiment of the RF attenuation circuitry, the magnitude of the RF sample signal is greater than two times the magnitude of the attenuated RF signal. In a second embodiment of the RF attenuation circuitry, the magnitude of the RF sample signal is greater than five times the magnitude of the attenuated RF signal. In a third embodiment of the RF attenuation circuitry, the magnitude of the RF sample signal is greater than ten times the magnitude of the attenuated RF signal. Since the magnitude of the RF sample signal is significantly greater than the magnitude of the attenuated RF signal, loading at the attenuation circuitry output does not significantly affect the attenuation circuitry input impedance.
In one embodiment of the RF signal conditioning circuitry, the RF detection circuitry presents a detection circuitry input impedance at the detection circuitry input, such that the detection circuitry input impedance is significantly greater than the attenuation circuitry input impedance. In a first embodiment of the RF signal conditioning circuitry, a magnitude of the detection circuitry input impedance is at least two times greater than a magnitude of the attenuation circuitry input impedance. In a second embodiment of the RF signal conditioning circuitry, a magnitude of the detection circuitry input impedance is at least five times greater than a magnitude of the attenuation circuitry input impedance. In a third embodiment of the RF signal conditioning circuitry, a magnitude of the detection circuitry input impedance is at least ten times greater than a magnitude of the attenuation circuitry input impedance.
The present disclosure relates to circuitry, which includes an RF switch semiconductor die and a laminate. The RF switch semiconductor die is attached to the laminate, such that the RF switch semiconductor die is over the laminate. The RF switch semiconductor die has an alpha switch input and a beta switch input. The laminate includes a first RF coupler and a second RF coupler. The first RF coupler is embedded in the laminate underneath the RF switch semiconductor die and the second RF coupler is embedded in the laminate underneath the RF switch semiconductor die. A first RF signal path is routed through the first RF coupler, such that one end of the first RF signal path is coupled to the alpha switch input. A second RF signal path is routed through the second RF coupler, such that one end of the second RF signal path is coupled to the beta switch input.
In one embodiment of the circuitry, a third RF signal path is routed through the first RF coupler and a fourth RF signal path is routed through the second RF coupler. A portion of RF power flowing through the first RF signal path in the first RF coupler is coupled to the third RF signal path to provide coupled RF power from the first RF signal path. A portion of RF power flowing through the second RF signal path in the second RF coupler is coupled to the fourth RF signal path to provide coupled RF power from the second RF signal path.
In one embodiment of the circuitry, only the first RF signal path or the second RF signal path, but not both simultaneously has RF power flowing. As a result, the first RF coupler and the second RF coupler may be cascaded to simplify circuitry. In this regard, one end of the third RF signal path is coupled to a termination resistive element and an opposite end of the third RF signal path is coupled to one end of the fourth RF signal path. An opposite end of the fourth RF signal path provides coupled RF power from either the first RF signal path or the second RF signal path. As such, the opposite end of the fourth RF signal path may be coupled to RF signal conditioning circuitry.
In one embodiment of the RF signal conditioning circuitry, the RF signal conditioning circuitry receives and detects a portion of coupled RF power from either the first RF signal path or the second RF signal path to provide an RF detection signal. Additionally, the RF signal conditioning circuitry provides an attenuated RF signal based on attenuating a portion of coupled RF power from either the first RF signal path or the second RF signal path. The RF signal conditioning circuitry may provide the RF detection signal and the attenuated RF signal to transceiver circuitry.
In one embodiment of the circuitry, an inductance of the third RF signal path in the first RF coupler may at least somewhat isolate the termination resistive element from the second RF coupler. Therefore, a coupler capacitive element may be coupled between the opposite end of the third RF signal path and the one end of the fourth RF signal path to compensate for the inductance of the third RF signal path in the first RF coupler.
The present disclosure relates to circuitry, which includes a first transmit path, a second transmit path, and RF signal conditioning circuitry. The first transmit path includes a first RF coupler and the second transmit path includes a second RF coupler. The first RF coupler extracts a portion, called a first portion, of RF power flowing through the first transmit path from the first transmit path, and the second RF coupler extracts a portion, called a second portion, of RF power flowing through the second transmit path from the second transmit path. The first RF coupler and the second RF coupler are cascaded in series to feed the first and the second portions to the RF signal conditioning circuitry via the RF coupler signal input. The RF signal conditioning circuitry provides an RF detection signal based on detecting the first and the second portions and an attenuated RF signal based on attenuating the first and the second portions.
In one embodiment of the circuitry, only one transmit path is active at a time. Therefore, the first and the second RF couplers do not interfere with one another. As such, when the first transmit path is active, the second portion is equal to about zero, and the RF detection signal and the attenuated RF signal are essentially based on only the first portion. Conversely, when the second transmit path is active, the first portion is equal to about zero, and the RF detection signal and the attenuated RF signal are essentially based on only the second portion. In a first exemplary embodiment of the circuitry, the first RF coupler and the second RF coupler are cascaded in series, such that the first portion flows through the second RF coupler. In a second exemplary embodiment of the circuitry, the first RF coupler and the second RF coupler are cascaded in series, such that the second portion flows through the first RF coupler.
In one embodiment of the first transmit path and the second transmit path, the first transmit path includes a first RF PA and alpha switching circuitry, and the second transmit path includes a second RF PA and beta switching circuitry. The first RF PA feeds the alpha switching circuitry and the second RF PA feeds the beta switching circuitry. The first RF coupler is coupled between the first RF PA and the alpha switching circuitry, and the second RF coupler is coupled between the second RF PA and the beta switching circuitry. In one embodiment of the circuitry, the circuitry operates in either a first PA operating mode or a second PA operating mode. During the first PA operating mode, the first RF PA receives and amplifies a first RF input signal to provide a first RF output signal. As such, during the first PA operating mode, the first transmit path is active and the second RF PA is disabled, such that the second portion is equal to about zero. Conversely, during the second PA operating mode, the second RF PA receives and amplifies a second RF input signal to provide a second RF output signal. As such, during the second PA operating mode, the second transmit path is active and the first RF PA is disabled, such that the first portion is equal to about zero.
In one embodiment of the RF signal conditioning circuitry, the RF signal conditioning circuitry includes RF detection circuitry to detect the first and the second portions to provide the RF detection signal. Further, the RF signal conditioning circuitry includes RF attenuation circuitry to attenuate the first and the second portions to provide the attenuated RF signal. In one embodiment of the circuitry, the circuitry includes a termination resistive element coupled to the first RF coupler to terminate one end of the signal path through the first and the second RF couplers to the RF signal conditioning circuitry. However, inductance in the first RF coupler may at least somewhat isolate the termination resistive element from the second RF coupler. Therefore, the circuitry may include a coupler capacitive element coupled between the first and the second RF couplers to compensate for the inductance in the first RF coupler.
In one embodiment of the RF signal conditioning circuitry 1090, the RF signal conditioning circuitry 1090 includes no switching devices. Since the RF detection circuitry 1092 provides the RF detection signal RFDT via the detection circuitry output OTD and the RF attenuation circuitry 1094 provides the attenuated RF signal RFAT via the attenuation circuitry output OTA the detection circuitry output OTD and the attenuation circuitry output OTA are concurrent outputs. Further, the attenuation circuitry input impedance may be substantially constant, thereby further providing user flexibility.
In one embodiment of the RF attenuation circuitry 1094, a magnitude of the RF sample signal RFSS is significantly greater than a magnitude of the attenuated RF signal RFAT. In a first embodiment of the RF attenuation circuitry 1094, the magnitude of the RF sample signal RFSS is greater than two times the magnitude of the attenuated RF signal RFAT. In a second embodiment of the RF attenuation circuitry 1094, the magnitude of the RF sample signal RFSS is greater than five times the magnitude of the attenuated RF signal RFAT. In a third embodiment of the RF attenuation circuitry 1094, the magnitude of the RF sample signal RFSS is greater than ten times the magnitude of the attenuated RF signal RFAT. Since the magnitude of the RF sample signal RFSS is significantly greater than the magnitude of the attenuated RF signal RFAT, loading at the attenuation circuitry output OTA does not significantly affect the attenuation circuitry input impedance.
In one embodiment of the RF signal conditioning circuitry 1090, the RF detection circuitry 1092 presents a detection circuitry input impedance at the detection circuitry input IND, such that the detection circuitry input impedance is significantly greater than the attenuation circuitry input impedance. In a first embodiment of the RF signal conditioning circuitry 1090, a magnitude of the detection circuitry input impedance is at least two times greater than a magnitude of the attenuation circuitry input impedance. In a second embodiment of the RF signal conditioning circuitry 1090, a magnitude of the detection circuitry input impedance is at least five times greater than a magnitude of the attenuation circuitry input impedance. In a third embodiment of the RF signal conditioning circuitry 1090, a magnitude of the detection circuitry input impedance is at least ten times greater than a magnitude of the attenuation circuitry input impedance.
In an alternate embodiment of the RF attenuation circuitry 1094, the second series attenuation resistive element RR2 and the second shunt attenuation resistive element RN2 are omitted, such that the first series attenuation resistive element RR1 is coupled between the attenuation circuitry input INA and the attenuation circuitry output OTA, and the first shunt attenuation resistive element RN1 is coupled between the attenuation circuitry output OTA and the ground.
The first RF coupler 1098 has a first RF signal path 1102 routed through the first RF coupler 1098. One end of the first RF signal path 1102 is coupled to the alpha switch input ASI and an opposite end of the first RF signal path 1102 is coupled to the single alpha PA output SAP of the first RF PA 50. As such, the first RF coupler 1098 is coupled between the first RF PA 50 and the alpha switching circuitry 52. The second RF coupler 1100 has a second RF signal path 1104 routed through the second RF coupler 1100. One end of the second RF signal path 1104 is coupled to the beta switch input BSI and an opposite end of the second RF signal path 1104 is coupled to the single beta PA output SBP of the second RF PA 54. As such, the second RF coupler 1100 is coupled between the second RF PA 54 and the beta switching circuitry 56.
During the first PA operating mode, the first RF coupler 1098 has a first RF power 1110 flowing through the first RF signal path 1102. As such, the first RF power 1110 flows through the first transmit path 46 (
The second RF coupler 1100 is cascaded in series with the first RF coupler 1098 to feed the first portion and the second portion to the RF signal conditioning circuitry 1090 (
In one embodiment of the RF PA circuitry 30, during the first PA operating mode, the second RF power 1112 is about equal to zero. As such, the second portion and the coupled RF power from the second RF signal path 1104 is about equal to zero. During the second PA operating mode, the first RF power 1110 is about equal to zero. As such, the first portion and the coupled RF power from the first RF signal path 1102 is about equal to zero.
The termination resistive element RTE is coupled to the first RF coupler 1098. Specifically, one end of the third RF signal path 1106 is coupled to one end of the termination resistive element RTE. An opposite end of the termination resistive element RTE is coupled to a ground. An opposite end of the third RF signal path 1106 is coupled to one end of the fourth RF signal path 1108. The coupler capacitive element CCE is coupled between the first RF coupler 1098 and the second RF coupler 1100 to compensate for inductance in the first RF coupler 1098. Specifically, the coupler capacitive element CCE is coupled between the one end of the third RF signal path 1106 and the one end of the fourth RF signal path 1108 to compensate for inductance in the third RF signal path 1106. An opposite end of the fourth RF signal path 1108 provides the RF sample signal RFSS (
During the first PA operating mode, the RF signal conditioning circuitry 1090 (
In one embodiment of the RF PA circuitry 30, the laminate 1096 is the supporting structure 1018 (
Some of the circuitry previously described may use discrete circuitry, integrated circuitry, programmable circuitry, non-volatile circuitry, volatile circuitry, software executing instructions on computing hardware, firmware executing instructions on computing hardware, the like, or any combination thereof. The computing hardware may include mainframes, micro-processors, micro-controllers, DSPs, the like, or any combination thereof. The term “coupled,” as used in this specification means electrically coupled. Other terms, such as “thermally coupled” or “mechanically coupled” may or may not also be electrically coupled. The term “coupled” refers to elements that may be electrically coupled together either with or without other interposing elements. The term “directly coupled” means directly electrically coupled, such that the elements have an electrical conduction path between them, such that the electrical conduction path has only electrically conductive material.
None of the embodiments of the present disclosure are intended to limit the scope of any other embodiment of the present disclosure. Any or all of any embodiment of the present disclosure may be combined with any or all of any other embodiment of the present disclosure to create new embodiments of the present disclosure.
traditional multi-mode multi-band communications device 10
traditional multi-mode multi-band transceiver 12
traditional multi-mode multi-band PA circuitry 14.
traditional multi-mode multi-band front-end aggregation circuitry 16
antenna 18
first traditional PA 20
second traditional PA 22
NTH traditional PA 24
RF communications system 26
RF modulation and control circuitry 28
RF PA circuitry 30
DC-DC converter 32
transceiver circuitry 34
front-end aggregation circuitry 36
down-conversion circuitry 38
baseband processing circuitry 40
control circuitry 42
RF modulation circuitry 44
first transmit path 46
second transmit path 48
first RF PA 50
alpha switching circuitry 52
second RF PA 54
beta switching circuitry 56
control circuitry DCI 58
PA-DCI 60
DC-DC converter DCI 62
aggregation circuitry DCI 64
digital communications bus 66
alpha RF switch 68
first alpha harmonic filter 70
beta RF switch 72
first beta harmonic filter 74
second alpha harmonic filter 76
second beta harmonic filter 78
DC power supply 80
first power filtering circuitry 82
charge pump buck converter 84
buck converter 86
second power filtering circuitry 88
DC-DC control circuitry 90
charge pump 92 PA control circuitry 94 PA bias circuitry 96
switch driver circuitry 98
first non-quadrature PA path 100
first quadrature PA path 102
second non-quadrature PA path 104
second quadrature PA path 106
first input PA impedance matching circuit 108
first input PA stage 110
first feeder PA impedance matching circuit 112
first feeder PA stage 114
second input PA impedance matching circuit 116
second input PA stage 118
second feeder PA impedance matching circuit 120
second feeder PA stage 122
first quadrature RF splitter 124
first in-phase amplification path 126
first quadrature-phase amplification path 128
first quadrature RF combiner 130
second quadrature RF splitter 132
second in-phase amplification path 134
second quadrature-phase amplification path 136
second quadrature RF combiner 138
first in-phase driver PA impedance matching circuit 140
first in-phase driver PA stage 142
first in-phase final PA impedance matching circuit 144
first in-phase final PA stage 146
first in-phase combiner impedance matching circuit 148
first quadrature-phase driver PA impedance matching circuit 150
first quadrature-phase driver PA stage 152
first quadrature-phase final PA impedance matching circuit 154
first quadrature-phase final PA stage 156
first quadrature-phase combiner impedance matching circuit 158
second in-phase driver PA impedance matching circuit 160
second in-phase driver PA stage 162
second in-phase final PA impedance matching circuit 164
second in-phase final PA stage 166
second in-phase combiner impedance matching circuit 168
second quadrature-phase driver PA impedance matching circuit 170
second quadrature-phase driver PA stage 172
second quadrature-phase final PA impedance matching circuit 174
second quadrature-phase final PA stage 176
second quadrature-phase combiner impedance matching circuit 178
first output transistor element 180
characteristic curves 182
first output load line 184
first load line slope 186
first non-quadrature path power coupler 188
second non-quadrature path power coupler 190
first phase-shifting circuitry 192
first Wilkinson RF combiner 194
first in-phase final transistor element 196
first in-phase biasing circuitry 198
first quadrature-phase final transistor element 200
first quadrature-phase biasing circuitry 202
first pair 204 of tightly coupled inductors
first parasitic capacitance 206
first feeder biasing circuitry 208
first PA semiconductor die 210
second phase-shifting circuitry 212
second Wilkinson RF combiner 214
second in-phase final transistor element 216
second in-phase biasing circuitry 218
second quadrature-phase final transistor element 220
second quadrature-phase biasing circuitry 222
second pair 224 of tightly coupled inductors
second parasitic capacitance 226
second output transistor element 228
second feeder biasing circuitry 230
second PA semiconductor die 232
first substrate and functional layers 234
insulating layers 236
metallization layers 238
first alpha switching device 240
second alpha switching device 242
third alpha switching device 244
first beta switching device 246
second beta switching device 248
third beta switching device 250
first driver stage 252
first final stage 254
second driver stage 256
second final stage 258
driver stage IDAC circuitry 260
final stage IDAC circuitry 262
driver stage IDAC 264
driver stage multiplexer 266
driver stage current reference circuitry 268
final stage IDAC 270
final stage multiplexer 272
final stage current reference circuitry 274
driver stage temperature compensation circuit 276
final stage temperature compensation circuit 278
PA envelope power supply 280
PA bias power supply 282
first series coupling 284
second series coupling 286
first AC23SCI 300
SOS detection circuitry 302
sequence processing circuitry 304
3-wire serial communications bus 306
2-wire serial communications bus 308
sequence detection OR gate 310
CS detection circuitry 312
SSC detection circuitry 314
serial clock period 316
data bit period 318
received sequence 320
SOS 322
second AC23SCI 324
third AC23SCI 326
multi-mode multi-band RF power amplification circuitry 328
first LUT 330
configuration information 332
DC-DC LUT structure 334
DC-DC converter operating criteria 336
first DC-DC LUT 338
DC-DC LUT index information 340
DC-DC converter operational control parameters 342
DC-DC converter configuration information 344
operating status information 346
envelope power supply setpoint 348
selected converter operating mode 350
selected pump buck operating mode 352
selected charge pump buck base switching frequency 354
selected charge pump buck switching frequency dithering mode 356
selected charge pump buck dithering characteristics 358
selected charge pump buck dithering frequency 360
selected bias supply operating mode 362
selected bias supply base switching frequency 364
selected bias supply switching frequency dithering mode 366
selected bias supply dithering characteristics 368
selected bias supply dithering frequency 370
desired envelope power supply setpoint 372
DC-DC converter temperature 374
RF PA circuitry temperature 376
operating efficiencies 378
operating limits 380
operating headroom 382
electrical noise reduction 384
PA operating linearity 386
first efficiency curve 388
second efficiency curve 390
third efficiency curve 392
fourth efficiency curve 394
fifth efficiency curve 396
sixth efficiency curve 398
seventh efficiency curve 400
eighth efficiency curve 402
first C23SCI 404
sequence abort inverter 406
sequence abort AND gate 408
second C23SCI 410
third C23SCI 412
first switching power supply 450
second switching power supply 452
frequency synthesis circuitry 454
first switching converter 456
second switching converter 458
first output inductance node 460
second output inductance node 462
first frequency oscillator 464
second frequency oscillator 466
frequency synthesis control circuitry 468
first buffer 470
second buffer 472
first divider 474
second divider 476
clock signal comparator 478
first ramp comparator 480
programmable signal generation circuitry 482
first slope 484
second slope 486
first desired period 488
second desired period 490
first propagation delay 492
first actual period 494
second actual period 496
first overshoot 498
second overshoot 500
first example slope 502
second example slope 504
first phase 506
second phase 508
first ramp IDAC 510
capacitor discharge circuit 512
first reference DAC 514
second ramp comparator 516
ramping signal peak 517
second ramp IDAC 518
second reference DAC 520
first fixed supply 522
second fixed supply 524
charge pump buck power supply 526
buck power supply 528
energy storage element 530
third power filtering circuitry 532
PWM circuitry 534
charge pump buck switching circuitry 536
buck switching circuitry 538
charge pump buck switching control circuitry 540
charge pump buck switch circuit 542
buck switching control circuitry 544
buck switch circuit 546
first portion 548
DC-DC converter semiconductor die 550
beta inductive element connection node 552
first shunt buck switching element 554
second shunt buck switching element 556
first series buck switching element 558
second series buck switching element 560
second portion 562
alpha inductive element connection node 564
first alpha flying capacitor connection node 566
second alpha flying capacitor connection node 568
first beta flying capacitor connection node 570
second beta flying capacitor connection node 572
alpha decoupling connection node 574
beta decoupling connection node 576
alpha ground connection node 578
beta ground connection node 580
first shunt pump buck switching element 582
second shunt pump buck switching element 584
first alpha charging switching element 586
first beta charging switching element 588
second alpha charging switching element 590
second beta charging switching element 592
first series alpha switching element 594
first series beta switching element 596
second series alpha switching element 598
second series beta switching element 600
series phase 602
shunt phase 604
alpha series phase 606
alpha shunt phase 608
beta series phase 610
beta shunt phase 612
substrate 614
epitaxial structure 616
top metallization layer 618
topwise cross section 620
centerline axis 622
first end 624
first row 626
second row 628
third row 630
first alpha end 632
first beta end 634
second alpha end 636
second beta end 638
third alpha end 640
third beta end 642
first row centerline 644
second row centerline 646
third row centerline 648
centerline spacing 650
supporting structure 652
interconnects 654
first snubber circuit 656
second snubber circuit 658
first IDAC 700
second IDAC 702
DC reference supply 704
first alpha IDAC cell 706
second alpha IDAC cell 708
NTH alpha IDAC cell 710
first alpha series connection node 712
first alpha shunt connection node 714
second alpha series connection node 716
second alpha shunt connection node 718
NTH alpha series connection node 720
NTH alpha shunt connection node 722
first beta IDAC cell 724
second beta IDAC cell 726
MTH beta IDAC cell 728
first beta series connection node 730
first beta shunt connection node 732
second beta series connection node 734
second beta shunt connection node 736
MTH beta series connection node 738
MTH beta shunt connection node 740
alpha IDAC cell 742
alpha current source 744
alpha series circuit 746
alpha shunt circuit 748
alpha series connection node 750
alpha shunt connection node 752
beta IDAC cell 754
beta current source 756
beta series circuit 758
beta shunt circuit 760
beta series connection node 762
beta shunt connection node 764
converter switching circuitry 766
loop amplifier 768
loop differential amplifier 770
loop filter 772
PWM comparator 774
switching period 776
negative pulse 778
pulse width 780
signal conditioning circuitry 782
unlimited embodiment 784
hard limited embodiment 786
limit threshold 788
soft limited embodiment 790
slew rate 792
slew rate threshold 794
slew rate limit 796
error signal correction circuitry 798
second amplitude 800
first amplitude 802
ramping signal correction circuitry 804
PWM signal correction circuitry 806
maximum pulse width 808
switching circuitry 810
switching control circuitry 812
series switching circuitry 814
first shunt switching element 816
output inductance node 818
second shunt switching element 820
two-state level shifter 822
two-state power supply 824
two-state output 826
first group 828 of switching elements
second group 830 of switching elements
cascode bias circuitry 832
level shifter inverter 834
first level shifter switching element 836
second level shifter switching element 838
third level shifter switching element 840
fourth level shifter switching element 842
fifth level shifter switching element 844
sixth level shifter switching element 846
seventh level shifter switching element 848
eighth level shifter switching element 850
ninth level shifter switching element 852
tenth level shifter switching element 854
RF supporting structure 856
RF switch semiconductor die 858
first alpha shunt switching device 860
second alpha shunt switching device 862
third alpha shunt switching device 864
first beta shunt switching device 866
second beta shunt switching device 868
third beta shunt switching device 870
first alpha switch die connection node 872
second alpha switch die connection node 874
third alpha switch die connection node 876
alpha AC grounding switch die connection node 878
first beta switch die connection node 880
second beta switch die connection node 882
third beta switch die connection node 884
beta AC grounding switch die connection node 886
first alpha supporting structure connection node 888
second alpha supporting structure connection node 890
third alpha supporting structure connection node 892
alpha AC grounding supporting structure connection node 894
first beta supporting structure connection node 896
second beta supporting structure connection node 898
third beta supporting structure connection node 900
beta AC grounding supporting structure connection node 902
first edge 904
second edge 906
group 908 of alpha supporting structure connection nodes
group 910 of beta supporting structure connection nodes
interconnects 912
SAH current estimating circuit 914
series switching element 916
mirror differential amplifier 918
mirror switching element 920
mirror buffer transistor element 922
SAH switching element 924
DC-DC converter temperature measurement circuitry 926
final stage current reference circuit 928
final stage selectable threshold comparator circuit 930
final stage variable gain amplifier 932
final stage combining circuit 934
driver stage current reference circuit 936
driver stage selectable threshold comparator circuit 938
driver stage variable gain amplifier 940
driver stage combining circuit 942
RF PA stage 944
RF PA amplifying transistor 946
RF PA temperature compensating bias transistor 948
first RF PA stage bias transistor 950
second RF PA stage bias transistor 952
first array 954 of amplifying transistor elements
second array 956 of amplifying transistor elements
first alpha amplifying transistor element 958
second alpha amplifying transistor element 960
NTH alpha amplifying transistor element 962
first beta amplifying transistor element 964
second beta amplifying transistor element 966
MTH beta amplifying transistor element 968
normal HBT 970
emitter 972
base 974
collector 976
linear HBT 978
thermal coupling 980
split current IDAC 982
group 984 of array bias signals FABS, SABS
in-phase RF PA stage 986
quadrature-phase RF PA stage 988
first group 990 of arrays of amplifying transistor elements
second group 992 of arrays of amplifying transistor elements
third array 994 of amplifying transistor elements
fourth array 996 of amplifying transistor elements
first gamma amplifying transistor element 998
second gamma amplifying transistor element 1000
PTH gamma amplifying transistor element 1002
first delta amplifying transistor element 1004
second delta amplifying transistor element 1006
QTH delta amplifying transistor element 1008
overlay class F choke 1010
pair 1012 of mutually coupled class F inductive elements
mutual coupling 1014
RF PA semiconductor die 1016
supporting structure 1018
first insulating layer 1020
first conducting layer 1022
second insulating layer 1024
second conducting layer 1026
third insulating layer 1028
ground plane 1030
first cross-section 1032
second cross-section 1033
first printed wiring trace 1034
connecting pads 1036
second printed wiring trace 1038 PA controller semiconductor die 1050
first ESD protection circuit 1052
first RF PA semiconductor die 1054
second RF PA semiconductor die 1056
RF switch semiconductor die 1058
second ESD protection circuit 1060
NTH ESD protection circuit 1062
multi-stage filter 1064
DC-DC converter output 1066
first LC filter 1068
second LC filter 1070
lowpass filter response 1072
first notch filter response 1074
first notch 1076
second notch filter response 1078
second notch 1080
third LC filter 1082
third notch filter response 1084
third notch 1086
NTH LC filter 1088
RF signal conditioning circuitry 1090
RF detection circuitry 1092
RF attenuation circuitry 1094
laminate 1096
first RF coupler 1098
second RF coupler 1100
first RF signal path 1102
second RF signal path 1104
third RF signal path 1106
fourth RF signal path 1108
first RF power 1110
second RF power 1112
first input resistive element RFI
first isolation port resistive element RI1
first base resistive element RB1
first Wilkinson resistive element RW1
second isolation port resistive element R12
second base resistive element RB2
second Wilkinson resistive element RW2
CS resistive element RCS
level shifter resistive element RLS
first cascode resistive element RC1
second cascode resistive element RC2
first mirror resistive element RM1
second mirror resistive element RM2
first bias resistive element RS1
second bias resistive element RS2
first series attenuation resistive element RR1
second series attenuation resistive element RR2
first shunt attenuation resistive element RN1
second shunt attenuation resistive element RN2
termination resistive element RTE
first inductive element L1
second inductive element L2
third inductive element L3
inverting output inductive element LIO
first in-phase collector inductive element LCI
first quadrature-phase collector inductive element LCQ
first in-phase shunt inductive element LUI
first quadrature-phase shunt inductive element LUQ
first collector inductive element LC1
second collector inductive element LC2
first in-phase phase-shift inductive element LPI1
first quadrature-phase phase-shift inductive element LPQ1
first Wilkinson in-phase side inductive element LWI1
first Wilkinson quadrature-phase side inductive element LWQ1
second in-phase collector inductive element LLI
second quadrature-phase collector inductive element LLQ
second in-phase shunt inductive element LNI
second quadrature-phase shunt inductive element LNQ
second in-phase phase-shift inductive element LPI2
second quadrature-phase phase-shift inductive element LPQ2
second Wilkinson in-phase side inductive element LWI2
second Wilkinson quadrature-phase side inductive element LWQ2
class F series inductive element LFS
class F tank inductive element LFT
first capacitive element C1
second capacitive element C2
third capacitive element C3
first in-phase series capacitive element CSI1
second in-phase series capacitive element CSI2
first quadrature-phase series capacitive element CSQ1
second quadrature-phase series capacitive element CSQ2
first DC blocking capacitive element CD1
first coupler capacitive element CC1
second coupler capacitive element CC2
first in-phase phase-shift capacitive element CPI1
first quadrature-phase phase-shift capacitive element CPQ1
first Wilkinson capacitive element CW1
first Wilkinson in-phase side capacitive element CWI1
first Wilkinson quadrature-phase side capacitive element CWQ1
second DC blocking capacitive element CD2
third DC blocking capacitive element CD3
fourth DC blocking capacitive element CD4
third in-phase series capacitive element CSI3
fourth in-phase series capacitive element CSI4
third quadrature-phase series capacitive element CSQ3
fourth quadrature-phase series capacitive element CSQ4
fifth DC blocking capacitive element CD5
second in-phase phase-shift capacitive element CPI2
second quadrature-phase phase-shift capacitive element CPQ2
second Wilkinson capacitive element CW2
second Wilkinson in-phase side capacitive element CWI2
second Wilkinson quadrature-phase side capacitive element CWQ2
sixth DC blocking capacitive element CD6
seventh DC blocking capacitive element CD7
eighth DC blocking capacitive element CD8
ramp capacitive element CRM
alpha flying capacitive element CAF
beta flying capacitive element CBF
alpha decoupling capacitive element CAD
beta decoupling capacitive element CBD
two-state capacitive element CTS
alpha AC grounding capacitive element CAG
beta AC grounding capacitive element CBG SAH capacitive element CSH
class F tank capacitive element CFT
class F bypass capacitive element CFB
collector capacitance CCL
coupler capacitive element CCE
level shifter diode element CRL
cascode diode element CRC
Those skilled in the art will recognize improvements and modifications to the preferred embodiments of the present disclosure. All such improvements and modifications are considered within the scope of the concepts disclosed herein and the claims that follow.
Jones, David E., Southcombe, William David, Levesque, Chris, Yoder, Scott, Stockert, Terry J., Arkiszewski, Roman Zbigniew, Baxter, Brian, Williams, Stuart, Honjo, Hirofumi
| Patent | Priority | Assignee | Title |
| Patent | Priority | Assignee | Title |
| 4523155, | May 04 1983 | Motorola, Inc. | Temperature compensated automatic output control circuitry for RF signal power amplifiers with wide dynamic range |
| 4638255, | Sep 30 1983 | Tektronix, Inc. | Rectangular wave pulse generators |
| 5212459, | Nov 12 1991 | Silicon Systems, Inc. | Linearized and delay compensated all CMOS VCO |
| 5307512, | Jun 03 1991 | Motorola, Inc. | Power control circuitry for achieving wide dynamic range in a transmitter |
| 5432473, | Jul 14 1993 | Nokia Mobile Phones, Limited | Dual mode amplifier with bias control |
| 5603106, | Sep 06 1989 | Fujitsu Limited | Adjustable transmission power control circuit |
| 5652547, | Jun 20 1995 | Motorola, Inc. | Current comparator automatic output control |
| 5724004, | Jun 13 1996 | Google Technology Holdings LLC | Voltage bias and temperature compensation circuit for radio frequency power amplifier |
| 5832373, | Apr 03 1995 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Output power control device |
| 5852632, | Oct 31 1995 | CONSORZIO PER LA RICERCA SULLA MICROELETRONICA NEL MEZZORGIORNO | Recovery of the propagation delay in a PWM circuit |
| 5872481, | Dec 27 1995 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Efficient parallel-stage power amplifier |
| 5874841, | Jul 28 1997 | Philips Electronics North America Corporation | Sample-and-hold circuit for a switched-mode power supply |
| 5920808, | Dec 12 1996 | QUARTERHILL INC ; WI-LAN INC | Method and apparatus for reducing key-up distortion by pre-heating transistors |
| 5956246, | Nov 14 1995 | Coulter International Corp. | Low-noise switching power supply |
| 6064272, | Jul 01 1998 | Skyworks Solutions, Inc; ALPHA INDUSTRIES, INC ; WASHINGTON SUB, INC | Phase interpolated fractional-N frequency synthesizer with on-chip tuning |
| 6194968, | May 10 1999 | Macom Technology Solutions Holdings, Inc | Temperature and process compensating circuit and controller for an RF power amplifier |
| 6229366, | May 18 1998 | Power Integrations, Inc. | Off-line converter with integrated softstart and frequency jitter |
| 6259901, | Jul 03 1998 | Mobile Communications Tokyo Inc. | Radio-frequency power amplifier of mobile communication equipment |
| 6606483, | Oct 10 2000 | Google Technology Holdings LLC | Dual open and closed loop linear transmitter |
| 6674789, | Sep 17 1999 | Steering Solutions IP Holding Corporation | Reduction of EMI through switching frequency dithering |
| 6724252, | Feb 21 2002 | Qorvo US, Inc | Switched gain amplifier circuit |
| 6774508, | Jul 03 2001 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Dual mode power supply |
| 6806768, | Oct 31 2001 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Balanced power amplifier with a bypass structure |
| 6888482, | Jan 19 2004 | Realtek Semiconductor Corp. | Folding analog to digital converter capable of calibration and method thereof |
| 6900697, | May 31 2002 | National Semiconductor Corporation | Method and system for providing power management in a radio frequency power amplifier by dynamically adjusting supply and bias conditions |
| 6906590, | Jan 29 2002 | NEC Corporation | FET amplifier with temperature-compensating circuit |
| 6917188, | Nov 14 2002 | Exar Corporation | Power converter circuitry and method |
| 6937487, | Apr 29 2003 | National Semiconductor Corporation | Apparatus and method for a voltage booster with improved voltage regulator efficiency |
| 6954623, | Mar 18 2003 | Skyworks Solutions, Inc | Load variation tolerant radio frequency (RF) amplifier |
| 6969978, | Mar 17 2003 | Qorvo US, Inc | DC-DC converter with reduced electromagnetic interference |
| 7035069, | Feb 21 2000 | Renesas Electronics Corporation | Semiconductor integrated circuit device |
| 7058374, | Oct 15 2002 | Skyworks Solutions, Inc. | Low noise switching voltage regulator |
| 7075346, | Nov 12 2004 | National Semiconductor Corporation | Synchronized frequency multiplier for multiple phase PWM control switching regulator without using a phase locked loop |
| 7098728, | Aug 11 2004 | National Semiconductor Corporation | Output voltage correction circuit for multiplexed multi-phase hysteretic voltage regulator |
| 7116949, | Nov 08 2002 | Renesas Electronics Corporation | Semiconductor integrated circuit device and wireless communication system |
| 7145385, | Dec 05 2003 | Unwired Planet, LLC | Single chip power amplifier and envelope modulator |
| 7154336, | Oct 14 2003 | PANASONIC SEMICONDUCTOR SOLUTIONS CO , LTD | High-frequency power amplifier |
| 7202734, | Jul 06 1999 | Electronically tuned power amplifier | |
| 7248111, | Apr 14 2005 | Skyworks Solutions, Inc | Multi-mode digital bias control for enhancing power amplifier efficiency |
| 7263337, | May 16 2003 | Qorvo US, Inc | Circuit for boosting DC voltage |
| 7298600, | Feb 21 2000 | Renesas Electronics Corporation | Semiconductor integrated circuit device |
| 7299015, | May 27 2004 | MATSUSHITA ELECTRIC INDUSTRIAL CO , LTD | Transmission output control circuit, and wireless device using the same |
| 7324787, | Jul 31 2003 | Google Technology Holdings LLC | Method of ramping up output level of power amplifier of radio communication system, communication semiconductor integrated circuit, and radio communication system |
| 7342455, | May 28 2004 | AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES INTERNATIONAL SALES PTE LIMITED | Temperature sensor insensitive to device offsets with independent adjustment of slope and reference temperature |
| 7358807, | Feb 25 2005 | STMICROELECTRONICS S R L | Protection of output stage transistor of an RF power amplifier |
| 7368985, | Sep 17 2004 | Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications Japan, Inc. | High frequency power amplifier and transmitter |
| 7372333, | Feb 03 2004 | Arizona Board of Regents, acting for and on behalf of Arizona State University | Monolithic supply-modulated RF power amplifier and DC-DC power converter IC |
| 7408330, | Jun 06 2006 | Skyworks Solutions, Inc. | Voltage up-conversion circuit using low voltage transistors |
| 7477106, | Dec 19 2002 | AMPLEON NETHERLANDS B V | Power amplifier with bias control |
| 7554407, | Mar 07 2007 | Semiconductor Components Industries, LLC | Multi-mode power amplifier with low gain variation over temperature |
| 7622900, | Jul 27 2006 | Rohm Co., Ltd. | Semiconductor integrated circuit supplying voltage to a load using a charge pump and electronic device including the same |
| 7664520, | Jun 24 2004 | Nokia Technologies Oy | Low current direct conversion transmitter architecture |
| 7667987, | Apr 23 2007 | ACTIVE-SEMI, INC | Adjusting inductor switching frequency to compensate for inductance that deviates from a stated magnitude in order to maintain constant output current from a primary-side power converter |
| 7684220, | Aug 26 2005 | ON-BRIGHT ELECTRONICS SHANGHAI CO , LTD | System and method providing over current and over power protection for power converter |
| 7689182, | Oct 12 2006 | Qorvo US, Inc | Temperature compensated bias for AM/PM improvement |
| 7701290, | Dec 27 2007 | Airoha Technology Corp. | Amplifier gain control circuit for the wireless transceiver |
| 7714546, | Mar 08 2006 | COLLABO INNOVATIONS, INC | Step-up regulator with multiple power sources for the controller |
| 7724097, | Aug 28 2008 | CYMATICS LABORATORIES CORPORATION | Direct digital synthesizer for reference frequency generation |
| 7768354, | Apr 08 2008 | Godo Kaisha IP Bridge 1 | Radio-frequency power amplifier |
| 7782141, | Dec 29 2008 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Adaptive signal-feed-forward circuit and method for reducing amplifier power without signal distortion |
| 7783272, | Jun 29 2006 | CSR TECHNOLOGY INC | Dynamic performance control of broadband tuner |
| 7796410, | Oct 31 2006 | TDK Corporation | Switching power supply unit |
| 7859511, | Jun 12 2007 | Vastview Technology, Inc. | DC-DC converter with temperature compensation circuit |
| 7860466, | Jun 04 2006 | SAMSUNG ELECTRO-MECHANICS COMPANY, LTD | Systems, methods, and apparatuses for linear polar transmitters |
| 7876159, | Aug 16 2007 | Industrial Technology Research Institute | Power amplifier circuit for multi-frequencies and multi-modes and method for operating the same |
| 7907430, | Dec 18 2008 | WAIKATOLINK LIMITED | High current voltage regulator |
| 7941110, | Jul 23 2007 | SHENZHEN XINGUODU TECHNOLOGY CO , LTD | RF circuit with control unit to reduce signal power under appropriate conditions |
| 7999484, | Dec 20 2005 | PHILIPS LIGHTING HOLDING B V | Method and apparatus for controlling current supplied to electronic devices |
| 8000117, | Aug 13 2008 | Intersil Americas Inc.; Intersil Americas, Inc | Buck boost function based on a capacitor bootstrap input buck converter |
| 8031003, | May 17 2006 | Solid-state RF power amplifier for radio transmitters | |
| 8089323, | Aug 05 2006 | Green technology: green circuit and device designs of green chip | |
| 8098093, | Jan 15 2010 | National Semiconductor Corporation | Efficient envelope tracking power supply for radio frequency or other power amplifiers |
| 8149061, | Jul 06 2009 | MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC | Class H amplifier |
| 8228122, | Jun 05 2009 | AMECO TECHNOLOGIES HONG KONG LIMITED | Regulator and temperature compensation bias circuit for linearized power amplifier |
| 8258875, | Sep 29 2009 | TRIQUINT INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD ; QORVO INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD | DC-DC conversion for a power amplifier using the RF input |
| 20020055376, | |||
| 20020055378, | |||
| 20030006845, | |||
| 20030042885, | |||
| 20030073418, | |||
| 20030087626, | |||
| 20030201674, | |||
| 20030227280, | |||
| 20040095118, | |||
| 20040183507, | |||
| 20040222848, | |||
| 20040235438, | |||
| 20050017787, | |||
| 20050064830, | |||
| 20050088237, | |||
| 20050110559, | |||
| 20050134388, | |||
| 20050136854, | |||
| 20050136866, | |||
| 20050168281, | |||
| 20050200407, | |||
| 20050280471, | |||
| 20050288052, | |||
| 20050289375, | |||
| 20060017426, | |||
| 20060084398, | |||
| 20060119331, | |||
| 20060146956, | |||
| 20060226909, | |||
| 20060293005, | |||
| 20070024360, | |||
| 20070026824, | |||
| 20070032201, | |||
| 20070096806, | |||
| 20070182490, | |||
| 20070222520, | |||
| 20070249304, | |||
| 20080023825, | |||
| 20080036532, | |||
| 20080057883, | |||
| 20080081572, | |||
| 20080136559, | |||
| 20080157732, | |||
| 20080278136, | |||
| 20080278236, | |||
| 20090059630, | |||
| 20090115520, | |||
| 20090153250, | |||
| 20090163157, | |||
| 20090258611, | |||
| 20090285331, | |||
| 20090311980, | |||
| 20100007414, | |||
| 20100013548, | |||
| 20100020899, | |||
| 20100097104, | |||
| 20100102789, | |||
| 20100120475, | |||
| 20100123447, | |||
| 20100127781, | |||
| 20100164579, | |||
| 20100176869, | |||
| 20100181980, | |||
| 20100189042, | |||
| 20100222015, | |||
| 20100237944, | |||
| 20100295599, | |||
| 20100311362, | |||
| 20110018516, | |||
| 20110068768, | |||
| 20110080205, | |||
| 20110095735, | |||
| 20110123048, | |||
| 20110181115, | |||
| 20110298538, | |||
| 20110309884, | |||
| 20120044022, | |||
| 20120229210, | |||
| 20120235736, | |||
| 20120236958, | |||
| 20120242413, | |||
| 20130005286, | |||
| GB2444984, |
| Executed on | Assignor | Assignee | Conveyance | Frame | Reel | Doc |
| Nov 28 2011 | RF Micro Devices, Inc. | (assignment on the face of the patent) | / |
| Date | Maintenance Fee Events |
| Date | Maintenance Schedule |
| Jul 16 2016 | 4 years fee payment window open |
| Jan 16 2017 | 6 months grace period start (w surcharge) |
| Jul 16 2017 | patent expiry (for year 4) |
| Jul 16 2019 | 2 years to revive unintentionally abandoned end. (for year 4) |
| Jul 16 2020 | 8 years fee payment window open |
| Jan 16 2021 | 6 months grace period start (w surcharge) |
| Jul 16 2021 | patent expiry (for year 8) |
| Jul 16 2023 | 2 years to revive unintentionally abandoned end. (for year 8) |
| Jul 16 2024 | 12 years fee payment window open |
| Jan 16 2025 | 6 months grace period start (w surcharge) |
| Jul 16 2025 | patent expiry (for year 12) |
| Jul 16 2027 | 2 years to revive unintentionally abandoned end. (for year 12) |